artresearch.com.au

The Scheding Index of Australian Art & Artists

Search or browse the Index to locate biographical information
on Australian artists more details»


Showing 158,205 records of 158,205 total. We are displaying one thousand.

First | Previous | Record 101,501 – 102,500 of 158,205 | Next | Last

Then and nowview full entry
Reference: Then and now : Pitjantjatjara & Aranda Artists 1930s – 1990s. Text by Lucienne Fontannaz. Includes works by Albert Namatjira and Hermannsburg School painters, as well as children’s paintings from the 1930s and 1940s.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Australian Exhibitions Touring Agency, 1996. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 40, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: Then and now : Pitjantjatjara & Aranda Artists 1930s – 1990s. Text by Lucienne Fontannaz. Includes works by Albert Namatjira and Hermannsburg School painters, as well as children’s paintings from the 1930s and 1940s. [to be indexed.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Australian Exhibitions Touring Agency, 1996. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 40, illustrated.
Mr Sandman bring me a dreamview full entry
Reference: Mr. Sandman bring me a dream. Papunya Tula artists. Illustrated with images of the artists and their paintings. Foreword by Clifton Pugh. An early publication on the Papunya Tula painters.
Publishing details: Alice Springs : Papunya Tula Artists Pty. Ltd., and Sydney : Aboriginal Artists Agency Ltd., 1981. Quarto, illustrated wrappers pp. 64,
Ref: 201
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: Mr. Sandman bring me a dreamillustrated with images of the artists and their paintings. Foreword by Clifton Pugh. An early publication on the Papunya Tula painters.
Publishing details: Alice Springs : Papunya Tula Artists Pty. Ltd., and Sydney : Aboriginal Artists Agency Ltd., 1981. Quarto, illustrated wrappers pp. 64,
Olsen Johnview full entry
Reference: John Olsen’s Studios: Owlswood & Hidden Lake,
‘Every artist needs a studio. The photographs in this book show John Olsen working in two studios in New South Wales – ‘Owlswood’ and ‘Hidden Lake’. We see him surrounded by books on artists he admires, the works of inspirational poets and, of course, his favourite Mediterranean cookbooks. Multiple tables are laden, somewhat chaotically, with paints, pencils, crayons and brushes, while he is seen painting at his easel or at a table laid out with precious Torinoko paper. Author and photographer Ken McGregor reminds us of the significant drawings and prints the artist has created in these two studios.’ – the publisher
‘The studio is where the art of contemplation is incorporated into the process of painting’ – John Olsen

Publishing details: NSW. Melbourne : Australian Scholarly Publishing, 2020. Quarto, illustrated pictorial boards, pp. 96, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Herel Petr view full entry
Reference: Thierry Bouchard & Petr Herel : the shared book. Translated from French by Margot Jones.
‘Labyrinth Press is the name of a publishing venture conceived and carried out by two great book creators – Thierry Bouchard, a printer-typographer, and Petr Herel, an etcher-engraver – who lived on opposite sides of the world, the first in France, the other in Australia. Together, despite the distance, they created exceptional books, twenty-one of them, between 1980 and 2007.’ (p. 7)
A lovingly produced homage to Czech-born Australian artist Petr Herel (1943 – ) focusing on his collaborative work with Bouchard. Founder of the Graphic Investigation Workshop in Canberra in the 1980s, Herel has influenced a generation of students making books, and is without doubt the pre-eminent artist making books in this country.
Only one copy listed on Trove (National Library of Australia).
 

Publishing details: [Melbourne and Canberra] : Disquiet Press, 2018. Edition of 100 copies, each with an original signed and numbered frottage (73 x 52 mm) by Petr Herel tipped-in on the half title. Octavo, printed blue wrappers, pp 1-38 (history of the Labyrinth Press by Martin-Scherrer), [39-56] (colour illustrations), 57-59 (notes), [60-65] (checklist of Labyrinth Press publications by Philip Jackson).
Ref: 1000
Roar Againview full entry
Reference: Roar again by Mark Schaller, David Larwill, Mark Howson, Karan Hayman, Wayne Eager, Judi Singleton, Peter Ferguson, Jill Noble, Mike Nicholls, Sarah Faulkner, Andrew Ferguson, Pasquale Giardino : 22 August – 9 September 2001. Melbourne : essay by David Thomas, illustrated.
Publishing details: Metro 5, 2001. Quarto, single card, folded, pp. [8],
Ref: 1000
Roneview full entry
Reference: Rone.
‘Known for his multi-storey murals gracing buildings all over the world, Melbourne-based artist Rone uses his work to explore the friction and connection between beauty and decay, youth and ruin.
Rone was a seminal figure in the explosive Melbourne street art scene of the early 2000s. With his beginnings in street art, stencil and screen printing, Rone is now best known for his haunting images of women’s faces, rendered in arresting detail on silos and store fronts, museums and apartment blocks. His immersive installations have continued his investigation into divergent themes of beauty and ruin, materiality and loss, through the transformation of condemned, derelict or forgotten spaces – with each artwork painstakingly produced, only to be destroyed.
Rone: Street Art and Beyond presents a survey of the artist’s work from the street, the studio, and the ephemeral installations. The works are bookended by essays that trace the evolution of Rone’s career over the last two decades, delve into his depictions of women, and go behind the scenes of his most ambitious installation to date: Empire (2019), set in the disused Art Deco mansion Burnham Beeches on the outskirts of Melbourne. Anecdotal notes from the artist unpack the stories behind the portraits, tying them to their communities in London, Paris, New York, Havana, Christchurch, Hong Kong and beyond.’ – the publisher.
Rone lives and creates in Collingwood, Victoria. Drawing inspiration from his world travels and the cultures that surround him, Rone got his start in stencils on the street before moving on to large-scale murals and, in recent years, multi-sensory installations inviting the viewer to explore creativity and beauty through an immersive sense of loss and decay. His distinctive portraits can be seen in various states of ruin in cities like London, Paris, New York, San Francisco, Havana, Christchurch, Detroit and Hong Kong. His works also appear in permanent collections at the National Gallery of Australia and National Gallery of Victoria. His first survey exhibition, Rone in Geelong, will open at the Geelong Gallery in February 2021.


Publishing details: Melbourne : Thames & Hudson, 2020. Quarto, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 240, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Pollak Ana view full entry
Reference: Defiance Gallery, solo exhibition Palimpsest  20 September - 15 October 2020: ‘Ana Pollak is a painter, sculptor, film-maker and draughtsman.  Ana was educated at the Byam Shaw School of Painting and Drawing in London and, in Sydney, at the Alexander Mackie School of Art.  She lives and works on Dangar Island on the Hawkesbury River.  Since 1988 she has been involved in community actions and art projects to protect the Hawkesbury River Environment.

Her connection to the water and her home on the Hawkesbury River was brought together with her fascination with Chinese calligraphy in the work Flux.  Pollak paints the textures and layers of the foliage of the Hawkesbury Sandstone country in clay slips and oxides on plywood.

In 2007 she was awarded the Dobell Prize for Drawing.  In 2014 Pollak and painter David Collins travelled throughout the Pilbara in Western Australia for six months drawing, painting and staying on cattle stations.  During 2017 Pollak was granted an arts residency in Hong Kong with the Nock Art Foundation.  Here she was able to meet traditional and contemporary Chinese calligraphers who generously shared their philosophies and aesthetic ideas.  This experience led to Pollak to explore working with ink and rice paper.  

In 2019 Pollak made the hand drawn animated portrait film r. The film’s use of gestural marks in many layers intensifies the portrait’s emotional expression.  Pollak continues to go on extended drawing and painting trips across Australia with her companion, David Collins.’
Publishing details: Defiance Gallery, 2020 (catalogue publication details unknown)
Ref: 1000
Heaney Colin b1948view full entry
Reference: see Ripley Auctions, Indianapolis, IN, USA, 27.9.2020, lot 129:
Colin Heaney(Australian, b.1948)Lava Mortar, 2006, blown glass, bronze basesigned and dated. Provenance: Tobin-Hewett Gallery. Heaney is Canadian born but has been in Australia since 1967 when he arrived here on a surf trip. "He soon discovered the beautiful surf town of Byron Bay in northern New South Wales. With fantastic surf breaks, pristine rainforest, and one of the most sustained counter-culture communities in Australia, Colin soon settled in the area, embracing the Byron way of life. Colin experimented artistically with an array of varying dimensional forms, including wax metals, stone and many found objects. He then launched into glass design, virtually teaching himself to blow and manipulate hot glass; his instantaneous spirit evident in all of his pieces." His first commission in 1983, to make imaginative wine glasses for a Brisbane restaurant, "The Cat's Tango", in St. Lucia and that theme has continued in other commissions from restaurateurs who admire Heaney's style including, in 1991, Michel Roux's Waterside Inn at Bray, outside London. His exhibition at the Australian Craftworks Gallery in Sydney, in 1993, featured a large collection of individually created glasses that were 'really fun to make'. Heaney's work is held by private collectors all over the world and is featured in many public collections around Australia and overseas in Spain (a result of being exhibited at World Expo in Seville, in 1992) and Denmark. in 1993 he had shows in Sydney, Melbourne, Hong Kong and Florida.8 1/4"H x 20 1/4"D.
Donaldson Ailsa Margaretview full entry
Reference: see http://www.melbournerealists.org/aoc/book/1%20biographical%20context.pdf
for biography. Married Vic O’Connor in 1942
O’Connor Vicview full entry
Reference: see obituary Sydney Morning Herald, October 25, 2010:
VICTOR GEORGE O'CONNOR
PAINTER
21-12-1918 - 8-9-2010
By JANET TAYLOR and SEAN O'CONNOR
VIC O'Connor, who made important contributions to art in Australia over a 70-year period, notably with the realist movement from the late 1940s, has died at an aged-care home in Fitzroy. He was 91.
His legacy lives on in his paintings, drawings and prints, with his work represented in the Australian National Gallery as well as in state and regional galleries.
In the early 1940s, Professor Bernard Smith wrote of O'Connor's painting: ''What struck me first was the lyrical element in his paintings and the sense of compassion that breathed through all of it.''
This remained an apt description of his work throughout his productive life.
O'Connor was born in Preston to Ada (nee Clear) and Bertie, the fourth of his parents' five children. After his father became very ill, his mother started a small slipper factory behind the house to support the family.
She also painted pictures at night to sell. He worked after school with his parents selling slippers from a stall at the Queen Victoria Market, and images of the market and the inner suburbs impressed themselves upon him.

His mother lost the factory during the Depression, and O'Connor moved with his parents to a shack in Mount Evelyn, where they grew vegetables and kept a cow.
He attended school in Lilydale.
He started to draw, paint and create wood cuts at Mount Evelyn, as well as reading widely. Later, he completed his schooling at Melbourne High School.
O'Connor then worked for his brother, a solicitor, and studied law at Melbourne University; art was restricted to late evenings and weekends.
In 1939, he briefly attended George Bell's art classes. He joined the newly formed Contemporary Art Society and entered two pictures in its first exhibition. He was soon also involved in the politics both of the art world and the wider stage.

In the Contemporary Art Society exhibition of 1941 he shared first prize with Donald Friend.
At this time he met Noel Counihan and Yosl Bergner and they become close friends. Through the former he became friends with Judah Waten, Alan Marshall and other writers and artists who frequented the Swanston Family Hotel.
He also joined the Communist Party and became close to Melbourne's Jewish community.
In late 1941, aged 23, O'Connor completed his law degree and went into the army. In January 1942, he married Ailsa Donaldson, whom he had met at George Bell's art classes. They later had two children.
O'Connor remained active in art and art politics, exhibiting in the 1942 Anti-Fascist Exhibition, writing articles about fascism and art, and challenging the Angry Penguin group.

In 1946, O'Connor, Bergner and Counihan held their first major exhibition, Three Realist Artists, which attracted considerable notice and approval.
Also, in partnership with Waten, he started Dolphin Publications, a venture to publish Australian writing.
While working as a solicitor, O'Connor continued painting and exhibited in one-man shows as well as group shows with other realist artists though the 1950s - the Cold War years when realism was not fashionable in the art world.
In the 1960s, O'Connor and his second wife, artist Vera Stanley, moved to Sydney, where they lived for about 20 years. He became a full-time artist, with frequent exhibitions of his work, including at the Australian Galleries and the Victorian Artists Society.
In a 1972 review, Patrick McCaughey decried ''the neglect of so distinguished an artist as Vic O'Connor'', and noted ''his feeling for people and places is absorbed into an art where the pith of observation resists sentiment without passing up sympathy''. In 1973 and '74, O'Connor, Vera and their daughter Sue lived in Polperro, Cornwall, and in Scotland and then travelled in Europe.

In 1983, he and Vera bought ''Woodside'' in Dromana, his home for the next 27 years. O'Connor, then aged 64, continued painting prolifically. In the late 1980s he rented a studio in Greeves Street, Fitzroy, and again painted Melbourne's inner suburbs. In 1990 he had his first of many exhibitions at Bridget McDonnell's Gallery.
O'Connor wrote in 1983: ''Immediate surroundings and the problems and injustices of society have continued to provide the main source of my paintings. Paintings of vagrants, the fate of the elderly, recurring anti-war themes, subjects drawn from literature comprise the bulk of my output. Within this framework I have remained a realistic painter of mood and place, partly outside the mainstream of Australian art.''
His many interests ranged from literature to archaeology to racehorses. As well, he was an engaging raconteur with sharp and humorous observations on the foibles of humanity.
After Vera's death in 2004 and living at Dromana on his own, O'Connor continued to be full of ideas about images he wanted to paint and draw, but with arthritis in his hands and worsening eyesight they remained unrealised. In July this year he moved to Sumner House in Fitzroy. He is survived by his children, Sean, Megan and Sue, six grandchildren and two great-grandchildren.




Lambert George The Convex Mirror c1916view full entry
Reference: see SL, SLNSW magazine, Spring 2020 for article by Robert Holden, p34-37, ‘A Fully-Rounded Masterpiece’ on The Convex Mirror by George Lambert.
Publishing details: article located inside George W. Lambert Retrospective - heroes & icons by Anne Gray in Scheding Library.
Allen Pamela illustratorview full entry
Reference: see SL, SLNSW magazine, Spring 2020 for article on the artist’s archive being acquired by the SLNSW.
Rowell Kenneth 1920-1999view full entry
Reference: see Olympia Auctions, British & Continental Pictures & Prints, UK, 22nd September 2020, Lot 108-10:
KENNETH ROWELL (1920-1999) LAIDERETTE FOR BALLET RAMBERT (1955) signed, titled & dated l.r. watercolour with bodycolour 32.0 x 50.0 cm / 12 1/2 x 19 1/2 in Laiderette, also known as Mask and Face once it was taken on tour by the Ballet Rambert, was choreographed by Kenneth MacMillan, scored by Frank Martin and the costumes and set designer was Kenneth Rowell. It was first performed by the Ballet Rambert on the 4th July, 1955, at Sadler's Wells, where it had premiered the year before on the 24th January. The part of Laiderette was played by Patricia Ashworth. Writing in The Observer, Richard Buckle described Ashworth as "the latest in a long line of sensitive artists inspired and moulded by Mme Rambert". The first night prompted fourteen curtain calls (1). Bibliography: (1) Jann Parry - Different Drummer: The Life of Kenneth MacMillan - London, 2010 - p.158.

and Lot 109
• KENNETH ROWELL (1925-1999) THE SCISSOR GIRL - A COSTUME DESIGN FOR THE BALLET VARIATIONS ON A THEME signed & dated l.r. 54 titled l.l. pen & ink with watercolour 35.0 x 23.0 cm / 13 3/4 x 9 in Provenance: Purchased from the artist, London, February 1956 Variations on a Theme was first performed by the Ballet Rambert at Sadler's Wells Theatre, June 21st 1954. The choreography was arranged by John Cranko, costumes and set design by Rowell and the music was written by Benjamin Britten and arranged by James Bernard. The part of 'Scissor Lady' was played in this performance by Mary Munro (1931-2018).

and Lot 110
• KENNETH ROWELL (1925-1999) HOOPS - A PAIR OF COSTUME DESIGNS FOR THE BALLET both signed & dated l.r. 53 pen & ink with watercolour Both: 35.0 x 23.0 cm / 13 3/4 x 9 in (2) Provenance: Purchased from the artist, London, 1955 Literature: Illustrations reproduced in Ballet magazine, July 1955 These designs are for the 1953 production of Hoops, choreographed by Walter Gore with set design and costumes by Rowell. It was performed at the Prince's Theatre (1). The ballet was presented on television by the Walter Gore Company and later revived by the Ballet Rambert. Bibliography: (1) J. P. Wearing - The London Stage 1950-1959: A Calendar of Productions, Performers, and Personnel - Rowman & Littlefield (2014) - p.255, No. 53.224
Hammon George Hamilton 1869–1960view full entry
Reference: see Potter & Potter Auctions,
Chicago, IL, United States, lot 601, 11.10.20: HAMMON, George Hamilton (Australian, 1869–1960). Original Watercolor of Sydney Harbor. Watercolor on paper, signed by artist. Image area, 7 x 12 ½". Framed, 13 ½ x 18 ¾". [Possibly NZ scene?]
Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900view full entry
Reference: Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.

Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
booksview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
First News from Botany Bayview full entry
Reference: see Australian rare books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathon Wantrup. includes: ‘First News from Botany Bay . (The "London Chronicle" Account of the Foundation of Australia in 1788, edited by Jonathan Wantrup).

The deluxe edition is specially bound in slipcase, and includes the additional volume 'First news from Botany Bay : the 'London Chronicle' account of the foundation of Australia in 1788'. 
Publishing details: Sydney : Hordern House, 1987. Two volumes, octavo, gilt-lettered cloth, slipcase, vol. 1 pp. x; 168; vol. 2 pp. 32; a fine set. The deluxe edition, each volume limited to 125 copies signed by the author.
London Chronicleview full entry
Reference: see Australian rare books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathon Wantrup. includes: ‘First News from Botany Bay . (The "London Chronicle" Account of the Foundation of Australia in 1788, edited by Jonathan Wantrup).

The deluxe edition is specially bound in slipcase, and includes the additional volume 'First news from Botany Bay : the 'London Chronicle' account of the foundation of Australia in 1788'. 
Publishing details: Sydney : Hordern House, 1987. Two volumes, octavo, gilt-lettered cloth, slipcase, vol. 1 pp. x; 168; vol. 2 pp. 32; a fine set. The deluxe edition, each volume limited to 125 copies signed by the author.
Desbrowe-Annear Harold view full entry
Reference: HAROLD DESBROWE-ANNEAR. A LIFE IN ARCHITECTURE. By Harriet Edquist. ‘Desbrowe-Annear was an enigma; a
man who counted among his clients some of Melbourne's wealthiest families, and among his friends a wide range of bohemian artists and writers.’
Publishing details: Melb. Miegunyah Press. 2004 Folio. Or.bds. Dustjacket. 314pp. 30 Profusely illustrated in colour and black
& white. Fine. 1st ed. 1,000 copies printed.
Ref: 1000
Eye Contact - Photographing Indigenous Australians. view full entry
Reference: Eye Contact - Photographing Indigenous Australians. By Jane Lydon. A study of the immense Corranderk Aboriginal Station photographic archive. With notes, bibliography and index. Some biographical information on photographers in passing.

{‘An indigenous reservation in the colony of Victoria, Australia, the Coranderrk Aboriginal Station was a major site of cross-cultural contact the mid-nineteenth century and early twentieth. Coranderrk was located just outside Melbourne, and from its opening in the 1860s the colonial government commissioned many photographs of its Aboriginal residents. The photographs taken at Coranderrk Station circulated across the western world; they were mounted in exhibition displays and classified among other ethnographic "data" within museum collections. The immense Coranderrk photographic archive is the subject of this detailed, richly illustrated examination of the role of visual imagery in the colonial project. Offering close readings of the photographs in the context of Australian history and nineteenth- and early-twentieth-century photographic practice, Jane Lydon reveals how western society came to understand Aboriginal people through these images. At the same time, she demonstrates that the photos were not solely a tool of colonial exploitation. The residents of Coranderrk had a sophisticated understanding of how they were portrayed, and they became adept at manipulating their representations.Lydon shows how the photographic portrayals of the Aboriginal residents of Coranderrk changed over time, reflecting various ideas of the colonial mission-from humanitarianism to control to assimilation. In the early twentieth century, the images were used on stereotypical postcards circulated among the white population, showing what appeared to be compliant, transformed Aboriginal subjects. The station closed in 1924 and disappeared from public view until it was rediscovered by scholars years later. Aboriginal Australians purchased the station in 1998, and, as Lydon describes, today they are using the Coranderrk photographic archive in new ways, to identify family members and tell stories of their own.’]
Publishing details: Durham & Lond. Duke Uni. Press. 2005. Ill.wrapps. 303pp. Monochrome illustrations. With Index. [Ex Library copy]
Photographyview full entry
Reference: see Eye Contact - Photographing Indigenous Australians. By Jane Lydon. A study of the immense Corranderk Aboriginal Station photographic archive. With notes, bibliography and index. Some biographical information on photographers in passing.

{‘An indigenous reservation in the colony of Victoria, Australia, the Coranderrk Aboriginal Station was a major site of cross-cultural contact the mid-nineteenth century and early twentieth. Coranderrk was located just outside Melbourne, and from its opening in the 1860s the colonial government commissioned many photographs of its Aboriginal residents. The photographs taken at Coranderrk Station circulated across the western world; they were mounted in exhibition displays and classified among other ethnographic "data" within museum collections. The immense Coranderrk photographic archive is the subject of this detailed, richly illustrated examination of the role of visual imagery in the colonial project. Offering close readings of the photographs in the context of Australian history and nineteenth- and early-twentieth-century photographic practice, Jane Lydon reveals how western society came to understand Aboriginal people through these images. At the same time, she demonstrates that the photos were not solely a tool of colonial exploitation. The residents of Coranderrk had a sophisticated understanding of how they were portrayed, and they became adept at manipulating their representations.Lydon shows how the photographic portrayals of the Aboriginal residents of Coranderrk changed over time, reflecting various ideas of the colonial mission-from humanitarianism to control to assimilation. In the early twentieth century, the images were used on stereotypical postcards circulated among the white population, showing what appeared to be compliant, transformed Aboriginal subjects. The station closed in 1924 and disappeared from public view until it was rediscovered by scholars years later. Aboriginal Australians purchased the station in 1998, and, as Lydon describes, today they are using the Coranderrk photographic archive in new ways, to identify family members and tell stories of their own.’]
Publishing details: Durham & Lond. Duke Uni. Press. 2005. Ill.wrapps. 303pp. Monochrome illustrations.
Aborigines - Photographs ofview full entry
Reference: see Eye Contact - Photographing Indigenous Australians. By Jane Lydon. A study of the immense Corranderk Aboriginal Station photographic archive. With notes, bibliography and index. Some biographical information on photographers in passing.

{‘An indigenous reservation in the colony of Victoria, Australia, the Coranderrk Aboriginal Station was a major site of cross-cultural contact the mid-nineteenth century and early twentieth. Coranderrk was located just outside Melbourne, and from its opening in the 1860s the colonial government commissioned many photographs of its Aboriginal residents. The photographs taken at Coranderrk Station circulated across the western world; they were mounted in exhibition displays and classified among other ethnographic "data" within museum collections. The immense Coranderrk photographic archive is the subject of this detailed, richly illustrated examination of the role of visual imagery in the colonial project. Offering close readings of the photographs in the context of Australian history and nineteenth- and early-twentieth-century photographic practice, Jane Lydon reveals how western society came to understand Aboriginal people through these images. At the same time, she demonstrates that the photos were not solely a tool of colonial exploitation. The residents of Coranderrk had a sophisticated understanding of how they were portrayed, and they became adept at manipulating their representations.Lydon shows how the photographic portrayals of the Aboriginal residents of Coranderrk changed over time, reflecting various ideas of the colonial mission-from humanitarianism to control to assimilation. In the early twentieth century, the images were used on stereotypical postcards circulated among the white population, showing what appeared to be compliant, transformed Aboriginal subjects. The station closed in 1924 and disappeared from public view until it was rediscovered by scholars years later. Aboriginal Australians purchased the station in 1998, and, as Lydon describes, today they are using the Coranderrk photographic archive in new ways, to identify family members and tell stories of their own.’]
Publishing details: Durham & Lond. Duke Uni. Press. 2005. Ill.wrapps. 303pp. Monochrome illustrations.
Freedman Haroldview full entry
Reference: THE BOOK OF MELBOURNE AND CANBERRA, Robin Boyd & FREEDMAN,
Harold Freedman. A collection of six Lithographic Prints of Melbourne drawn in 1963 by Harold Freedman compared with reduced facsimile prints of the same scenes published a century earlier. [Also 3 Lithographic Prints of Canberra, 1965, in same edition? offered by Antique bookshop, Sept., 2020]
Publishing details: Adel. Griffin Pr 1966. Oblong Folio. Back and red calf binding. Red gilt title label on spine. 40pp. 6 lithographic plates and three double-page tipped-in colour lithographic plates. No.128 of 200 numbered copies signed by Harold Freedman. slip-case.
Ref: 1009
Bedford Paddy Nyunkuny view full entry
Reference: see Australian Indigenous Art Commission: Commande Publique d'art Aborigene Musee du Quai Branly, exhibition in Paris, curated by Belinda Croft and Hetti Perkins. 8 Aboriginal artists. Essays on each artist. [to be indexed] [’Catalogue to commemorate the opening of the Musee du Quai Branly. Text in English and French. With color and b&w illustrations’]
Publishing details: Australian Council for the Arts, Art & Australia Ltd, 2006, laminated boards, 56pp
Mawurndjul John view full entry
Reference: see Australian Indigenous Art Commission: Commande Publique d'art Aborigene Musee du Quai Branly, exhibition in Paris, curated by Belinda Croft and Hetti Perkins. 8 Aboriginal artists. Essays on each artist. [to be indexed] [’Catalogue to commemorate the opening of the Musee du Quai Branly. Text in English and French. With color and b&w illustrations’]
Publishing details: Australian Council for the Arts, Art & Australia Ltd, 2006, laminated boards, 56pp
;Napurrula Ningura view full entry
Reference: see Australian Indigenous Art Commission: Commande Publique d'art Aborigene Musee du Quai Branly, exhibition in Paris, curated by Belinda Croft and Hetti Perkins. 8 Aboriginal artists. Essays on each artist. [to be indexed] [’Catalogue to commemorate the opening of the Musee du Quai Branly. Text in English and French. With color and b&w illustrations’]
Publishing details: Australian Council for the Arts, Art & Australia Ltd, 2006, laminated boards, 56pp
Nyadbi Lena view full entry
Reference: see Australian Indigenous Art Commission: Commande Publique d'art Aborigene Musee du Quai Branly, exhibition in Paris, curated by Belinda Croft and Hetti Perkins. 8 Aboriginal artists. Essays on each artist. [to be indexed] [’Catalogue to commemorate the opening of the Musee du Quai Branly. Text in English and French. With color and b&w illustrations’]
Publishing details: Australian Council for the Arts, Art & Australia Ltd, 2006, laminated boards, 56pp
Riley Michael view full entry
Reference: see Australian Indigenous Art Commission: Commande Publique d'art Aborigene Musee du Quai Branly, exhibition in Paris, curated by Belinda Croft and Hetti Perkins. 8 Aboriginal artists. Essays on each artist. [to be indexed] [’Catalogue to commemorate the opening of the Musee du Quai Branly. Text in English and French. With color and b&w illustrations’]
Publishing details: Australian Council for the Arts, Art & Australia Ltd, 2006, laminated boards, 56pp
Watson Judy view full entry
Reference: see Australian Indigenous Art Commission: Commande Publique d'art Aborigene Musee du Quai Branly, exhibition in Paris, curated by Belinda Croft and Hetti Perkins. 8 Aboriginal artists. Essays on each artist. [to be indexed] [’Catalogue to commemorate the opening of the Musee du Quai Branly. Text in English and French. With color and b&w illustrations’]
Publishing details: Australian Council for the Arts, Art & Australia Ltd, 2006, laminated boards, 56pp
Watson Tommyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Indigenous Art Commission: Commande Publique d'art Aborigene Musee du Quai Branly, exhibition in Paris, curated by Belinda Croft and Hetti Perkins. 8 Aboriginal artists. Essays on each artist. [to be indexed] [’Catalogue to commemorate the opening of the Musee du Quai Branly. Text in English and French. With color and b&w illustrations’]
Publishing details: Australian Council for the Arts, Art & Australia Ltd, 2006, laminated boards, 56pp
Yunupingu Gulumbu ]view full entry
Reference: see Australian Indigenous Art Commission: Commande Publique d'art Aborigene Musee du Quai Branly, exhibition in Paris, curated by Belinda Croft and Hetti Perkins. 8 Aboriginal artists. Essays on each artist. [to be indexed] [’Catalogue to commemorate the opening of the Musee du Quai Branly. Text in English and French. With color and b&w illustrations’]
Publishing details: Australian Council for the Arts, Art & Australia Ltd, 2006, laminated boards, 56pp
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see THE MEMORIAL. A MASTERPIECE OF ABORIGINAL ART. An Exhibition organised .. as a formal component of the Olympic Arts Festivals program for the Sydney 2000 Olympic Games.
Publishing details: Lausanne. Musee Olympique. 2000. Folio. Col.Ill.wrapps. 144pp. Profusely illustrated,
mostly in colour.
Memorial Theview full entry
Reference: THE MEMORIAL. A MASTERPIECE OF ABORIGINAL ART. An Exhibition organised .. as a formal component of the Olympic Arts Festivals program for the Sydney 2000 Olympic Games.
Publishing details: Lausanne. Musee Olympique. 2000. Folio. Col.Ill.wrapps. 144pp. Profusely illustrated,
mostly in colour.
Ref: 1000
Second Natureview full entry
Reference: Second Nature. The History and Implications of Australia as Aboriginal Landscape. By Lesley Head.
Publishing details: N.Y. Syracuse Uni Press. 2000. Or.bds. Dustjacket. 272pp. b/w ills.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: Second Nature. The History and Implications of Australia as Aboriginal Landscape. By Lesley Head.
Publishing details: N.Y. Syracuse Uni Press. 2000. Or.bds. Dustjacket. 272pp. b/w ills.
Painting Cultureview full entry
Reference: MYERS, Fred R. Painting Culture - The making of an Aboriginal High Art. By Fred R. Myers.
Publishing details: Durham. Duke Uni Press. 2002. Col.Ill.wrapps. 410pp. Col.plates & b/w ills.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Painting Culture - The making of an Aboriginal High Art. By Fred R. Myers.
Publishing details: Durham. Duke Uni Press. 2002. Col.Ill.wrapps. 410pp. Col.plates & b/w ills.
Tasmanian Aborigines Theview full entry
Reference: The Tasmanian Aborigines, by Brian Plomley. ‘Before British colonisation of Tasmania in 1803, there were an estimated 15,000 Palawa. By 1835 there were only some 400 alive.’ (Bookseller note)
Publishing details: Launceston. The author. 1993. Col.Ill.wrapps. 107pp. b/w ills.
Aborigines in artview full entry
Reference: see The Tasmanian Aborigines, by Brian Plomley. ‘Before British colonisation of Tasmania in 1803, there were an estimated 15,000 Palawa. By 1835 there were only some 400 alive.’ (Bookseller note)
Publishing details: Launceston. The author. 1993. Col.Ill.wrapps. 107pp. b/w ills.
Marking our Timesview full entry
Reference: Marking our Times by Avril Quaill. Selected works of art from the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Collection at the National Gallery of Australia. Canberra.
Publishing details: NGA. 1996. Folio. Col.Ill.wrapps. 80pp. Many Col.ills.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: Marking our Times by Avril Quaill. Selected works of art from the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Collection at the National Gallery of Australia. Canberra.
Publishing details: NGA. 1996. Folio. Col.Ill.wrapps. 80pp. Many Col.ills.
paintings drawings printsview full entry
Reference: paintings drawings prints - dealers in fine art, catalogue with 80 works, all illustrated, c2019? with address given as 6 Post Office Street, Pymble, NSW and
We stock original oil and watercolour paintings, drawings and a comprehensive selection of affordable prints dating from circa1600s to the mid 20th century, we are constantly searching and acquiring new items.
Our stock is constantly changing, please join our mailing list (see bottom of page) to receive “The Fine Art Newsletter” and keep up to date on new gallery arrivals, news and interesting articles from around the art world. Follow us on Instagram and Facebook.’
Publishing details: paintings drawings prints, [2019?] 24pp, illustrated.
Ref: 138
Marriott-Burton Harry (1882-1979)view full entry
Reference: see Paintings Drawings Prints website (Paintings Drawings Prints physical address given as address given as 6 Post Office Street, Pymble, NSW):
Harry Marriott-Burton (1882-1979)
Artist: Harry Marriott-Burton (British 1882-1979)
Title: Market Scene - Mercado de Santa Catalina, Palma, Spain (December 1957)
Medium: Oil on canvas on board
Framed Size: Height 55 cm x Width 63 cm x Depth 2 cm
Image Size: Height 21 cm x Width 26 cm
Condition: This painting is in an excellent condition. The frame is in a good condition with some wear commensurate with age.
Provenance: Private Collection Sydney Australia.
About: This charming post impressionist atmospheric Spanish market scene was painted by Harry Marriott-Burton in December 1957. Marriott-Burton produced a series of paintings depicting Spanish daily life in the Balearic Islands. This is of the “Mercado de Santa Catalina” markets in Palma, Mallorca.
Marriott-Burton (British 1882-1979) began work at age 14 mixing ink for a printer. As a teenager he was an illustrator for“Wide World Magazine”. A painter in oils and watercolours, he travelled and painted extensively. He lived Canada and South Africa before settling in Australia. Held in both private and public collections including the "Nottingham Castle Museum and Art Gallery UK".
This painting is in an excellent condition, it could possibly of been part of Marriott-Burton's personal collection as there is an old inscription written on the back "Not for sale please!" We have sourced an original period frame and had it cut to fit the picture.
Publishing details: website as paintingsdrawingsprints.com has the information: ‘Paintings Drawings Prints is one of the few galleries in Australia dealing in European Old Master and Australian 20th century art, icons and antiquities’
Schipper Dora working 1940s-50sview full entry
Reference: see Paintings Drawings Prints website (Paintings Drawings Prints physical address given as address given as 6 Post Office Street, Pymble, NSW):
Dora Schipper (Australian Working 1940s-50s)
Artist: Dora Schipper (Australian Working 1940s-50s)
Title: A Little touch of Paris at Martin Place (Circa 1950)
Medium: Oil on board
Framed Size: Height 44 cm x Width 55.5 cm x Depth 3.5 cm
Image Size: Height 43.5 cm x Width 32 cm
Condition: This painting is in a good condition, commensurate with age. It has recently been cleaned with the old varnish removed and new varnish applied. The frame is in excellent condition, although not original to the painting it complements it very well.
About: Dora Schipper was an Australian artist who was born in Hungary. She was active in the 1940s-50s in Sydney and was influenced by Ethel Carrick Fox an English born impressionist (1872-1952) and member of the Heidelberg school. Fox was known for her use of vivid colour, her subject matter included flower and urban street life painting especially market places.
This impressionist painting by Schipper captures the flower market stalls in Sydneys Martin Place, which still exist to this day. It also so captures so effectively the colour and vitality of 1950s Sydney and the influence of Carrick Fox is evident in A touch of Paris in Martin Place.

Publishing details: website as paintingsdrawingsprints.com has the information: ‘Paintings Drawings Prints is one of the few galleries in Australia dealing in European Old Master and Australian 20th century art, icons and antiquities’
Ansdell Gerald George b1890 catalogue 29 with brief biographical infoview full entry
Reference: see Paintings Drawings Prints - dealers in fine art, catalogue with 80 works, all illustrated, c2019? with address given as 6 Post Office Street, Pymble, NSW and
We stock original oil and watercolour paintings, drawings and a comprehensive selection of affordable prints dating from circa1600s to the mid 20th century, we are constantly searching and acquiring new items.
Our stock is constantly changing, please join our mailing list (see bottom of page) to receive “The Fine Art Newsletter” and keep up to date on new gallery arrivals, news and interesting articles from around the art world. Follow us on Instagram and Facebook.’
Publishing details: paintings drawings prints, [2019?] 24pp, illustrated.
Tristram John William 1872-1838 catalogue no 25 with brief biographical infoview full entry
Reference: see Paintings Drawings Prints - dealers in fine art, catalogue with 80 works, all illustrated, c2019? with address given as 6 Post Office Street, Pymble, NSW and
We stock original oil and watercolour paintings, drawings and a comprehensive selection of affordable prints dating from circa1600s to the mid 20th century, we are constantly searching and acquiring new items.
Our stock is constantly changing, please join our mailing list (see bottom of page) to receive “The Fine Art Newsletter” and keep up to date on new gallery arrivals, news and interesting articles from around the art world. Follow us on Instagram and Facebook.’
Publishing details: paintings drawings prints, [2019?] 24pp, illustrated.
Naughton Terry 1941-2016 catalogue no 33 with brief biographical infoview full entry
Reference: see Paintings Drawings Prints - dealers in fine art, catalogue with 80 works, all illustrated, c2019? with address given as 6 Post Office Street, Pymble, NSW and
We stock original oil and watercolour paintings, drawings and a comprehensive selection of affordable prints dating from circa1600s to the mid 20th century, we are constantly searching and acquiring new items.
Our stock is constantly changing, please join our mailing list (see bottom of page) to receive “The Fine Art Newsletter” and keep up to date on new gallery arrivals, news and interesting articles from around the art world. Follow us on Instagram and Facebook.’
Publishing details: paintings drawings prints, [2019?] 24pp, illustrated.
Norton Rosaleen attributedview full entry
Reference: see Paintings Drawings Prints website (Paintings Drawings Prints physical address given as address given as 6 Post Office Street, Pymble, NSW):
Rosaleen Norton (1917-1979) attributed
Title: Sleeping Diana
Medium: Oil on board
Framed Size: Height 63 cm x Width 76.5 cm x Depth 3.5 cm
Image Size: Height 37 cm x Width 50 cm
Condition: The painting is in a good condition. The bespoke frame has a warp along the length of the frame and there are some repairs. All commiserate with age. This print has been recently cleaned and conservationally framed, it is in exceptional condition. The frame is glazed with anti-reflective invisible glass "artglass AR70" which has UV Block of 70% Visible Light Transmission of 99% and a Reflection of 1%. Both the painting and the bespoke hand painted frame are exceptional!
Provenance: Private Collection Sydney Australia.
About: This work attributed to Rosaleen Norton, is an early example of the one of Australia's most controversial artists of the 20th century who was in the youth of her artistic career.
Influenced by Australia's foremost figurative painter of the 20th century Norman Lindsay, who possessed a reputation awash with controversy throughout his career. In 1934-1935 Norton was working as an artists' model for Norman Lindsay who had a studio at 12 Bridge Street, Sydney. This was less than a five minute walk from where Norton had taken up residence at The Ship and Mermaid Inn, 82 Gloucester Street, in the Rocks. The inn had a reputation as a colourful and boisterous establishment being a haven for artists and the bohemian societies, along with sailers and whalers. During this period Lindsay mentored and influenced Norton. This is quite evident in “Sleeping Diana,” the inn was also possibly a source of inspiration for this work, being in part the reference to the story of Ulysses and the sirens.
Norton's curiosity toward the occult and mythology was in its infancy at this point in her life. Being only 17 years old it is apparent the influential role that Lindsay’s work played in establishing her own artistic practices. Lindsay’s work frequently dealt with themes of mythology and the occult along with that of the witch. All of which would play a crucial influence in the formative years of her artistic career.
Cecily Boothman, Norton's older sister noted that she would also travel to Lindsay's Springwood studio in the Blue Mountains west of Sydney, for further modelling and guidance in her own works. Lindsay regarded Norton's supernatural works as rough and unsophisticated, but said there was no doubting his influence on her style. This work was likely conceived at the Springwood studio of Lindsay or influenced by visits to the estate. As Lindsay's extensive gardens and distinctive architecture have a significant compositional element within the work.
The Frame: Upon inspection, the work appears to have been produced to accomodate a pre existing frame. It is probable that this frame was constructed by Rose Lindsay, the wife of Norman Lindsay, who was known to create elaborate bespoke mouldings for her husbands works. The frame is custom built in the Cassetta style, with gold floral motifs, drawing inspiration from Italian Cassetta frames of the 17th century. A known source of inspiration for Rose Lindsay.
Signature & Markings: Although this work does not posses her signature to the front of the painting, “Rowie” is signed twice verso on a fragment of paper to both the frame and the painting. Scribe marks and paper are protected with an acetate film. It is important to note that Rosaleen Norton, like may artists, did not sign all her works and this has certainly been the case with several pieces that have passed through our gallery as well as the open market.
The name "Rowie” is a shortened name that was used between Rosaleen and that of her closest friends and family. The biographer Neville Drury notes the spelling as Roie, however it is well documented that the correct spelling was “Rowie". There are also distinctive similarities in Norton’s handwriting and signature to this signing. The attribution of this work has been resolved through ongoing research, personal interest and knowledge gained through past dealings in the works of Rosaleen Norton.
Norton’s earliest works are rarely documented and often overlooked as they do not posses the intense occult themes and ideologies of her later works. They are specifically, a reflection of her environment and developing subject and style. Full supporting documentation of the attribution is available upon request.
Publishing details: website as paintingsdrawingsprints.com has the information: ‘Paintings Drawings Prints is one of the few galleries in Australia dealing in European Old Master and Australian 20th century art, icons and antiquities’
O’Shea Molly 1890-1970view full entry
Reference: see Paintings Drawings Prints website (Paintings Drawings Prints physical address given as address given as 6 Post Office Street, Pymble, NSW):
Molly O'Shea (1890-1970)
Artist: Molly O'Shea (Australian 1890-1970)
Title: The Bridge From Atop. Signed and Dated 1930, Edition 2/20
Medium: Etching on paper
Framed Size: Height 40 cm x Width 47.5 cm x Depth 1.2 cm
Image Size: Height cm x Width cm
Condition: The etching is in a good condition, housed in it's original elegant thin dark brown wooden frame, it has been recently been re-mated.
Provenance: Private Collection Sydney Australia.
About: This is a rare etching, No.2 of an edition of 20 by Australian artist Molly O'Shea of the Sydney Harbour Bridge during construction in 1930. The bridge was completed and officially opened in 1932.
Although she was born in Melbourne, most of Molly O'Shea's work concentrated on Sydney's bays and beaches with landscapes and floral arrangements being her forte. She was awarded the Francis Zabel Prize in 1932 for a bookplate design at the International Exhibition of Bookplates in Sydney. She was a member of several artist societies and was hung in the Wynne Prize at the Art Gallery of NSW. O'Shea trained in 1929 at the Etching School of the Australian Painter-Etchers' Society, Sydney, NSW. 1950 George Bell School, Melbourne, VIC. 1907 - 1910 National Gallery School, Melbourne, Victoria.
Publishing details: website as paintingsdrawingsprints.com has the information: ‘Paintings Drawings Prints is one of the few galleries in Australia dealing in European Old Master and Australian 20th century art, icons and antiquities’
Roberts Victoria cartoonistview full entry
Reference: see Paintings Drawings Prints website (Paintings Drawings Prints physical address given as address given as 6 Post Office Street, Pymble, NSW):
Victoria Roberts (American 1957-)
Artist: Victoria Roberts (American 1957-)
Title: The Empire State Building Detail - Hope Springs Eternal - Back from the Holidays
Medium: Pen and ink on paper
Size: Hope Springs Eternal - Framed Size: H 33 cm x W 44 cm x D 1.5 cm - Image Size: H 16 cm x W 20 cm
Size: The Empire State Building Detail - Framed Size: H 23.3 cm x W 28.3 cm x D 1.2 cm - Image Size: H 13 cm x W 15 cm
Size: Back from the Holidays - Framed Size: H 32.3 cm x W 38.5 cm x D 1.2 cm - Image Size: H 12.7 cm x W 16.3 cm
Condition: These 3 works are all in good condition. All of the images and mats are clean and without any marks, except "Back from the Holidays" has a mark at the bottom of the central figure, please see image.
Provenance: Private Collection Sydney.
About: This is a great opportunity to own three original works by American cartoonist Victoria Roberts. Each initialed "VR" in the bottom right hand corner and titled "Hope Springs Eternal", "The Empire State Building Detail" and "Back from the Holidays" All are drawn in pen, ink and wash with Roberts unique whimsical style and wit which has made her one of Americas popular cartoonists. She has been a regular cartoonist with the New Yorker since 1988, she also is a regular contributor to The Wall Street Journal, The Washington Post and The New York Times. Born in Manhattan, Roberts attended The National Art School in Sydney and after graduating worked in Australia before moving back to America where she currently lives in New York.

Publishing details: website as paintingsdrawingsprints.com has the information: ‘Paintings Drawings Prints is one of the few galleries in Australia dealing in European Old Master and Australian 20th century art, icons and antiquities’
Falls Roger Eykynview full entry
Reference: see Paintings Drawings Prints website (Paintings Drawings Prints physical address given as address given as 6 Post Office Street, Pymble, NSW):
Roger Eykyn Falls (Australian Born 1858)
Title: Flinders 1888
Medium: Oil on canvas
Framed Size: Height 45.5 cm x Width 61.5 cm x Depth 6.5 cm
Image Size: Height 30.5 cm x Width 45.5 cm
Condition: The painting is in a good condition with no paint loses and has been recently cleaned. The ornate gold frame condition is good, there are some slight cracks in the frames ornate corners, commiserate with age. The corners are solid and have no losses.
Provenance: Gowrie Galleries Sydney. Lauraine Diggins Fine Art Melbourne.
This work exhibited at 'The Artists' Retreat: Discovering the Mornington Peninsula 1850s to the Present, exhibition, Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 1999 (cat #35).
About: Roger Eykyn Falls (Australian Born 1858). Titled "Finders" dated 1889 RE Falls on stretcher verso. Roger Eykyn Falls was an Australian landscape artist working in the later half of the 19th century. This oil on canvas depicts a picturesque Mornington Peninsula coastline from the village of Flinders. Flinders is situated in the state of Victoria on the South East Coast of Australia.
Roger Eykyn Falls exhibited at the 9x5 Exhibition in 1899 with Tom Roberts, Arthur Streeton and Charles Conder.
Publishing details: website as paintingsdrawingsprints.com has the information: ‘Paintings Drawings Prints is one of the few galleries in Australia dealing in European Old Master and Australian 20th century art, icons and antiquities’
Beasley Bettyview full entry
Reference: see Millon auction, Paris, Saturday 03 Oct - 2020, lot 112:
Betty Beasley
Artists Country, 2002
Acrylic on canvas - 120.5 x 90.5 cm
Alyawarre Group - Utopia - Central Desert

Provenance: CoA Peter Los Western Desert Aboriginal Art

This canvas comes from the North East region of the Central Desert, the easternmost regions of the famous community of Utopia. The style of the artists of this region is very particular. They depict landscapes with thousands of small dots and varying perspectives but all in a realistic way whereas the aboriginal artists of the Desert usually paint in a very symbolic way. These artists thus show the knowledge of their environment and the relative abundance of a region qualified as desert (in fact semi-arid). Above all, they demonstrate their attachment to the land and to the sacred sites of which they are the guardians; "I come from there," they would say.
Utopia artists often cover their canvases with tiny coloured dots (laid down with a twig or a skewer) that symbolize their Countries, the sites with which they have a spiritual connection. This movement creates a resonance, a contemplative rhythm, a visual sensation that evokes celestial nebulae, vaporous clouds, or simply the desert after the rain and the fertility of the land (to generalize we can say that it is the women who are in charge of carrying out the fertility ceremonies. Initiates most often use the term Awelye to designate the rites for which they are responsible). This variation in the rhythm of the points reveals the structure of the landscape but also evokes the presence of the Ancestors and their actions.
More than a real landscape, one must see the traces of the Dream, the sacred dimension of the Aborigines.







Japanangka Glen Marshall view full entry
Reference: see Millon auction, Paris, Saturday 03 Oct - 2020, lot 11:
Glen Marshall Japanangka
Untitled
Acrylic Aboriginal
Painting on canvas - 30 x 30 cm
Yuendumu - Northern Territory - Central

Desert Provenance :
- Estate collection of Mrs K.
- Wurlukurlangu Artists

Glen is an artist from Yuendumu who mainly painted inspired by the Dream of Puyurru Water where in the Dreamtime two Jangala Men sang the rain, causing a violent storm.
Black Steven view full entry
Reference: see Van Ham Kunstauktionen
October 7, 2020, 10:00 AM CET
Köln (Cologne), Germany, lot 56:
Steven Black
1973 Melbourne, Australia

"Untitled" 2008. Oil on canvas. 50 x 40cm. Signed and dated verso: STEVEN BLACK 2008. Framed. Not examined out of the frame.

Provenance:
- Galerie Alexandra Saheb, Berlin.


Trescott Shonah view full entry
Reference: see Van Ham Kunstauktionen
October 7, 2020, 10:00 AM CET
Köln (Cologne), Germany, lot 504:
Trescott, Shonah
1982 Maitland, Australia

"Figure Grand 2". 2015. Oil on canvas. 61 x 76cm. Signed and dated verso: S. Trescott 2015.
Coleman Bill 1922-1992view full entry
Reference: see Avra Art Auctions, Margate City, NJ, USA, 4 Oct 2020, lot 94:
Bill Coleman (1922-1992), Australia) Nude Portrait, Oil on board.23 1/2 x 18 in., 36 x 29 in. (mat). Coleman was born in 1922 in Ballart, Victoria.Coleman studied at RMIT University, in Melbourne. At RMIT, he studied under Murray Griffin. Followed by six years of studying with George Bell, beginning in 1948. Coleman work as a photolithographic and cartographic for 30 years. In 1986, held a the Bendigo, Ballarat and Sale Galleries, he had a retrospective exhibition bringing Coleman critical acclaim. In 1992, Coleman died. His work is currently shown in several private collections and the New York Public Library Collection. Comes with letter of guarantee from niece.

furniture New Zealandview full entry
Reference: Furniture of the New Zealand Colonial Era.
An Illustrated History 1830-1900. By William Cottrell. 591p, illustrated throughout in colour and black and white.
Publishing details: 591p, illustrated throughout in colour and black and white.
Ref: 1000
Rae Isoview full entry
Reference: see Press release from NGV, Sept 15, 2020:
The NGV welcomes a major new work into the NGV Collection by Australian artist Iso Rae, Young girl, Étaples:
Iso (Isobel) Rae was born in Melbourne in 1860 and attended the National Gallery of Victoria Art School between 1877 and 1887. A talented student, Rae was awarded many prizes and exhibited with the Victorian Academy of Arts from 1881 to 1883. In 1887, together with her mother and sister Alison, Rae left Australia and settled in Paris.
In the summer of 1888, the family travelled to Étaples, a popular seaside destination for artists at this time. In 1893 they settled there permanently and Rae became an active member of the large expatriate artist community. She exhibited regularly and, in one of the first instances of an Australian artist’s work being acquired by a French institution, her painting Pierrot was purchased by the Musée Quentovic in Étaples in 1892.
Painted c.1893 Young Girl, Étaples is characteristic of Rae’s work of this time, with its large-scale figure and high horizon line. It has been speculated that the subject of this work may have been the child of a friend; an inscribed portrait miniature in watercolour by Rae of the same child remained in the artist’s family until her death in 1940. Despite a charming sense of intimacy, the substantial scale of Young Girl, Étaples lends an unusual monumental quality to this appealing subject.
Dickerson Robertview full entry
Reference: Aspects of dance (complete set of 28 signed linocuts in two folios).
r of The Australian Ballet, and 14 signed linocuts by Robert Dickerson inspired by the movement of dance. Printed in an edition of 30 by Michelle Perry at Marnling Press, Sydney (many sets now split up and the artworks sold individually), the proceeds to benefit The Australian Ballet. Three AP sets were also printed, one of which hand coloured by the artist.
A rare set of portfolios of original linocuts created out of a planned Richard Griffin publication in the 1980s. 
‘Aspects of Dance is a collection of 28 linocut prints in two boxed sets, each of 14 prints by Robert Dickerson. Printed by Michelle Perry at Marnling Press in 1996 on Velin Arches 180 gsm. Each print is signed, titled, & numbered in a limited edition of 30. Binding by Wayne Stock & typography by James Taylor’ – the colophon.
The linotiles for Aspects of Dance were originally cut in 1981 for a projected work with Sydney arts publisher Richard Griffin which was never realised. Some poor quality proofs were printed in 1996, before Dickerson engaged Michelle Perry to print the linocuts in a way that met his satisfaction. The linocuts were organised in two portfolios, and exhibited at Greythorn Galleries, Melbourne in 1998, where proceeds from the sale of the folios were donated to The Australian Ballet.
‘Bob’s imagery is extremely well suited to this (linocut) medium, which relied on the use of contrast. All the images we have made to date have been black and white and Bob’s dramatic use of the medium is immediately apparent through his skillgul manipulation of positive and negative areas. I think that this somes very naturally for the artist who has worked extensively in charcoal and clearly enjoys the dramatic and expressive qualities of black and white … The prints are highly charged moments, sometimes appearing simultaneously elegant and crude’ – Michelle Perry, quoted in Powell, p. 63.
Rare, two examples recorded in Australian collections (Newcastle Art Gallery; New England Regional Art Museum, who also own the original linotiles).
Powell pr56 (A – N); pr57 (A – N).
Reference:
POWELL, Louisa. Robert Dickerson : the complete graphics. Sydney : Queen Street Fine Art, 2002, pp. 62 – 63; 90 – 93 (all illustrated).
Previous auction results:
Aspects of Dance II  
Christies, Australian & International Fine Art, Melbourne, 27/11/2000, Lot No. 388 $5,875
Aspects of Dance I
Christies, Australian & International Fine Art, Melbourne, 27/11/2001, Lot No. 215  $3,525
Aspects of Dance II
Christies, Australian & International Fine Art, Melbourne, 27/11/2001, Lot No. 301  $3,290
Publishing details: [Sydney : the artist and the Australian Ballet, 1996]. Two folios, 575 x 395 mm, containing a letterpress sheet with text by Noel Pelly AM, Board Member of The Australian Ballet, and 14 signed linocuts by Robert Dickerson inspired by the movement of dance. Printed in an edition of 30 by Michelle Perry at Marnling Press, Sydney (many sets now split up and the artworks sold individually), the proceeds to benefit The Australian Ballet. Three AP sets were also printed, one of which hand coloured by the artist.

Ref: 1000
Xian Ah view full entry
Reference: Ah Xian. Four limited edition signed prints.
‘Chinese-Australian artist Ah Xian is one of Australia’s leading contemporary artists, now living and art making in the Sydney’s northern suburbs. He was involved in violent protests with students and activists in Tiananmen’s Square in June 1989. He then sought political asylum in Australia. Once settled in Australia, Ah Xian changed his practice from painting to sculpture. He began casting porcelain busts and painting them with traditional Chinese designs in 1997. Xian’s practice maintains an ongoing and unrestricted exploration of the human form as a cultural, historical and reflective entity.’
Publishing details: Brisbane : Queensland Art Gallery, 2007. Card portfolio (345 x 485 mm), containing four giclee prints of Ah Xian ceramics, each print signed and titled by the artist.
Ref: 1000
Andrew Brookview full entry
Reference: Taboo - Curated by Brook Andrew.
‘Published on the occasion of the exhibition curated by Brook Andrew at the Museum of Contemporary Art Australia, this book presents challenging encounters with a range of artists, both Australian and international, who respond to issues surrounding race, ethnicity, politics and religion. The purposeful breaking of taboos — crossing the line wherever society forbids it — is a recurrent impetus for great works of literature and art, and it is the role of artists to precipitate such breaches. With texts by Marcia Langton, Brook Andrew, Fiona McGregor, David Elliott, and others, plus diverse works by artists like Anton Kannemeyer, Maria Kozic, Ken Reinhard and many more.’
Contents :
Director’s forward / Elizabeth Ann Macgregor Rules are meant to be broken / Marcia Langton Taboo installation images Vitrines / Brook Andrew Taboo: dirty and pretty at the same time / Brook Andrew Further artist images / Alfredo Jaar [and others] Taboo / Jenny Munro Taboo or not to be … / Namila Benson Lost my job / Jimmie Durham Control through fear / David Elliott Taboo in Java / Alia Swastika I’m tempted to say that taboos do not exist / Anthony Gardner A misunderstanding / Deborah Kelly Wilfully stepping on the cracks / Jay Gregory Northern dancers / Gerald McMaster Blood / Fiona McGregor Maintain / Khaled Sabsabi And just because you went to Thahapul. N and it started to rain / John van Sturmer.
 

Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art Australia, 2013. Octavo, cards in plastic dustjacket, pp. 175, illustrated. Printed in an edition of 750 copies.
Ref: 1000
Tabooview full entry
Reference: see Taboo - Curated by Brook Andrew.
‘Published on the occasion of the exhibition curated by Brook Andrew at the Museum of Contemporary Art Australia, this book presents challenging encounters with a range of artists, both Australian and international, who respond to issues surrounding race, ethnicity, politics and religion. The purposeful breaking of taboos — crossing the line wherever society forbids it — is a recurrent impetus for great works of literature and art, and it is the role of artists to precipitate such breaches. With texts by Marcia Langton, Brook Andrew, Fiona McGregor, David Elliott, and others, plus diverse works by artists like Anton Kannemeyer, Maria Kozic, Ken Reinhard and many more.’
Contents :
Director’s forward / Elizabeth Ann Macgregor Rules are meant to be broken / Marcia Langton Taboo installation images Vitrines / Brook Andrew Taboo: dirty and pretty at the same time / Brook Andrew Further artist images / Alfredo Jaar [and others] Taboo / Jenny Munro Taboo or not to be … / Namila Benson Lost my job / Jimmie Durham Control through fear / David Elliott Taboo in Java / Alia Swastika I’m tempted to say that taboos do not exist / Anthony Gardner A misunderstanding / Deborah Kelly Wilfully stepping on the cracks / Jay Gregory Northern dancers / Gerald McMaster Blood / Fiona McGregor Maintain / Khaled Sabsabi And just because you went to Thahapul. N and it started to rain / John van Sturmer.
 

Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art Australia, 2013. Octavo, cards in plastic dustjacket, pp. 175, illustrated. Printed in an edition of 750 copies.
Luna Park and the art of mass deliriumview full entry
Reference: Luna Park and the art of mass delirium, by Warwick Reeder, et al. Includes works by Clarice Beckett, Charles Blackman, Sidney Nolan, Joy Hester and others.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1998. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 52, illustrated. Printed in an edition of 1000 copies.
Ref: 1000
Art and land view full entry
Reference: Art and land : Aboriginal sculptures of the Lake Eyre Region
By Philip Jones and Peter Sutton ; with special assistance by Kaye Clark. Exhibition catalogue including detailed description of toas and dog models collected by J.G. Reuther from Diyari people at Killalpaninna Lutheran Mission;
Publishing details: Adelaide : South Australian Museum in association with Wakefield Press, 1986. Quarto, illustrated gatefold wrappers, pp. 144, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Art and land : Aboriginal sculptures of the Lake Eyre Region
By Philip Jones and Peter Sutton ; with special assistance by Kaye Clark. Exhibition catalogue including detailed description of toas and dog models collected by J.G. Reuther from Diyari people at Killalpaninna Lutheran Mission;
Publishing details: Adelaide : South Australian Museum in association with Wakefield Press, 1986. Quarto, illustrated gatefold wrappers, pp. 144, illustrated.
Art of Utopiaview full entry
Reference: Art of Utopia. Introduction and essays by Elizabeth Fortescue; illustrations, comments, footnotes, Werner Obermeier; photography, Elena & Werner Obermeier.
‘Packed with bright images of their paintings, this 120-page illustrated publication gives a colourful account of the art of the late Minnie Pwerle and her sisters Emily, Molly and Galya. It also shows the works of Minnie’s daughter Barbara Weir, and granddaughter Teresa Purla.’ – the publisher.

Publishing details: Adelaide : Boomerang Art, 2008. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, previous owner’s name to half-title, pp. 120, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Art of Utopia. Introduction and essays by Elizabeth Fortescue; illustrations, comments, footnotes, Werner Obermeier; photography, Elena & Werner Obermeier.
‘Packed with bright images of their paintings, this 120-page illustrated publication gives a colourful account of the art of the late Minnie Pwerle and her sisters Emily, Molly and Galya. It also shows the works of Minnie’s daughter Barbara Weir, and granddaughter Teresa Purla.’ – the publisher.

Publishing details: Adelaide : Boomerang Art, 2008. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, previous owner’s name to half-title, pp. 120, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Light Visionview full entry
Reference: Light Vision : Australia’s international photography magazine - Issue 1, Sep / Oct 1977 – Issue 8, Nov / Dec 1989. Seven issues of eight, lacking issue 5 (issues 6 & 7 are a double issue). photographically illustrated, some small creases and rubbing to the covers.
High quality Australian photography magazine with quality reproductions. Includes feature articles by or about Ralph Gibson, Rennie Ellis, John Cato, Athol Shmith, Philip Quirk, Ed Douglas, Paul Cox, Robert Besanko, Graham Howe, John Williams, Robbert Flick, Bruno Requillart, Max Kozloff, Tony Perry etc. Issue 6/7 is a double issue, ‘Special Australia Edition’, with works by Fiona Hall, David Ellis, Bill Henson, Stephen Roach, and others.
 

Publishing details: Melbourne : Light Quest Publications, 1977-78. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, each 32 – 56 pages,
Ref: 1000
photographyview full entry
Reference: see Light Vision : Australia’s international photography magazine - Issue 1, Sep / Oct 1977 – Issue 8, Nov / Dec 1989. Seven issues of eight, lacking issue 5 (issues 6 & 7 are a double issue). photographically illustrated, some small creases and rubbing to the covers.
High quality Australian photography magazine with quality reproductions. Includes feature articles by or about Ralph Gibson, Rennie Ellis, John Cato, Athol Shmith, Philip Quirk, Ed Douglas, Paul Cox, Robert Besanko, Graham Howe, John Williams, Robbert Flick, Bruno Requillart, Max Kozloff, Tony Perry etc. Issue 6/7 is a double issue, ‘Special Australia Edition’, with works by Fiona Hall, David Ellis, Bill Henson, Stephen Roach, and others.
 

Publishing details: Melbourne : Light Quest Publications, 1977-78. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, each 32 – 56 pages,
Printsview full entry
Reference: see 45 Years of the Sydney Printmakers [catalogue lists members - to be indexed]
Publishing details: S. H. Ervin Gallery, 2006
Blackman Charlesview full entry
Reference: Paintings and drawings. Charles Blackman. 3 – 25 November 1961. Introduction by Bryan Robertson, catalogue of 39 works, biography. A fine, clean copy. Blackman’s important series of works created in London while on the Helena Rubenstein travelling scholarship at the age of thirty-three.
Publishing details: London : The Matthiesen Gallery, 1961. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. [16]. illustrated.
Ref: 1000
East to Westview full entry
Reference: East to West : Land in Papunya Tula painting. Includes map of the key sites and language groups for Papunya Tula painting, 10 illustrated cards on the painting movement and individual artists including Clifford Possum Tjapaltjarri, Maxie Tjampitjinpa, Johnny Warangula Tjupurrula, Mick Namarari Tjapaltjarri, Turkey Tolson Tjupurrula, Uta Uta Tjangala, and Anatjari Tjakamarra.
Publishing details: [Adelaide] : Aboriginal Cultural Institute Inc., 1990. Illustrated card portfolio,
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see East to West : Land in Papunya Tula painting. Includes map of the key sites and language groups for Papunya Tula painting, 10 illustrated cards on the painting movement and individual artists including Clifford Possum Tjapaltjarri, Maxie Tjampitjinpa, Johnny Warangula Tjupurrula, Mick Namarari Tjapaltjarri, Turkey Tolson Tjupurrula, Uta Uta Tjangala, and Anatjari Tjakamarra.
Publishing details: [Adelaide] : Aboriginal Cultural Institute Inc., 1990. Illustrated card portfolio,
Papunya Tula view full entry
Reference: see East to West : Land in Papunya Tula painting. Includes map of the key sites and language groups for Papunya Tula painting, 10 illustrated cards on the painting movement and individual artists including Clifford Possum Tjapaltjarri, Maxie Tjampitjinpa, Johnny Warangula Tjupurrula, Mick Namarari Tjapaltjarri, Turkey Tolson Tjupurrula, Uta Uta Tjangala, and Anatjari Tjakamarra.
Publishing details: [Adelaide] : Aboriginal Cultural Institute Inc., 1990. Illustrated card portfolio,
Aboriginal Artview full entry
Reference: see Power of the Land - NGV exhibition catalogue
Publishing details: NGV, 1994 catalogue
Tuszynski Felixview full entry
Reference: see Prince of Miniature - Devi Tuszynski. ‘The artist is a mirror of his time and his art.’ Australian publication on the internationally renowned Polish-Israeli miniaturist Devi Tuszynski, brother of Melbourne painter Felix Tuszynski.

Publishing details: Melbourne: 1962. Quarto,
illustrated wrappers 24 pages illustrated.
Yule Johnview full entry
Reference: John Yule Memorial Exhibition of paintings, drawings and poems. Cover title : John Yule (1923-1998) : memorial retrospective exhibition, Saturday 31 July-Tuesday 10 August 1999. 
Publishing details: Melbourne : Victorian Artists Society Galleries, 1999. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 32, illustrated.
Ref: 1009
Perry Wykehamview full entry
Reference: Australian landscape paintings by Wykeham Perry (copy with Douglas Stewart Fine Books, 2020: ‘together with two drawings and a signed letter)catalogue of 47 works with prices (a couple of pen annotations). Accompanied by a signed letter to a journalist requesting a review of the exhibition, along with the invitation card, two small pen sketches of landscape scenes, one with a pencil sketch verso’.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Victorian Artists Society, 1974. Octavo, folded card with tipped-on illustration.
Ref: 1000
Curious Nature Aview full entry
Reference: A Curious Nature – the landscape as theatre in contemporary photography and the new media. Text by Geoffrey Edwards. An exhibition of still and moving images in which the landscape – in its natural and urban forms, or as depicted in painted backdrops
Publishing details: Melbourne : Geelong Gallery, 2012. Narrow folio, single card (30 x 90 cm), folded to 30 x 15 cm, pp. [12], illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Smart Jeffreyview full entry
Reference: Jeffrey Smart. Unspoken, text by Professor Mark Ledbury, illustrated, catalogue of 15 works,
Publishing details: Sydney : University Art Gallery, University of Sydney, 2011. Octavo, illustrated card wrappers, pp. 8;
Ref: 1000
Dell Mace Gillview full entry
Reference: see Del’Mace Jill
Olsen Johnview full entry
Reference: Pulse : paintings by John Olsen 1961 – 2005. Exhibition catalogue, with introduction by Elizabeth Cross.
Publishing details: Melbourne : TarraWarra Museum of Art, 2005. Octavo, brown wrappers, pp. 34, colour illustrations throughout.
Ref: 1000
Wolseley John view full entry
Reference: John Wolseley : tracing the Wallace Line
Catalogue for exhibition held at the Bendigo Art gallery between 7 July to 12 August 2001.
Publishing details: Bendigo : Bendigo Art Gallery, 2001. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, unpaginated, colour illustrations throughout.
Ref: 1000
My Countryview full entry
Reference: The Torres Strait Islands. An exhibition monograph exploring the artistic culture of the Torres Strait islands, with examples of photography, painting, sculpture, and dance reproduced. Illustrated in full colour.
Publishing details: Brisbane : Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2011. Quarto, pictorial wrappers, pp 319.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see My Country - The Torres Strait Islands. An exhibition monograph exploring the artistic culture of the Torres Strait islands, with examples of photography, painting, sculpture, and dance reproduced. Illustrated in full colour.
Publishing details: Brisbane : Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2011. Quarto, pictorial wrappers, pp 319.
Lindsay Percyview full entry
Reference: Percy Lindsay : Bohemian artist of Creswick
A study of Creswick born Percy Lindsay. By Geoffrey Newmarch.
Publishing details: Creswick [Vic.] : Creswick Museum, 2016. Octavo, illustrated wrappers, pp. [20], illustrated.
Ref: 1009
Lindsays Theview full entry
Reference: The Lindsays : Creswick’s creative familyA study of the Lindsays, Creswick’s most notable artistic family.
Publishing details: Creswick [Vic.] : Creswick Museum, 2013. Octavo, illustrated wrappers, pp. [28], illustrated.
Ref: 1009
view full entry
Reference:
Before Time Beganview full entry
Reference: Before Time Began, by: Jessica De Largy Healy, Georges Petitjean, Luke Scholes.
The common thread running right through this work is man's link with the land, the legacy of the ancestors that still echoes in the present. It is no accident that Before Time Began is one of the expressions used by indigenous Australian artists in central Australia to refer to the creation of the world, in an oneiric sense. Understanding and following this underlying bond enables the reader to explore the art's narrative content in its association with dreams and the passage of time, elements that inevitably distinguish the temporal dimension in the different societies.

But it is also a way of exploring the first stirrings of contemporary art in an indigenous Australian context through works made at the beginning of the 1970s in Arnhem Land and in the territory of the Papunya, as well as more recent paintings by artists living in the APY (Anangu Pitjantjatjara Yankunytjatjara). These last examples in particular highlight the fusion between contemporary art and traditional customs, in which ancestral knowledge is fused with elements drawn from the inevitable march of progress.

Book Feature:
Overview of the Aboriginal Art, focusing on the first large-scale exhibition staged by the Fondation Opale (Switzerland)
57 colour images

About the Authors

Jessica De Largy Healy is an anthropologist at the Laboratoire d'ethnologie et de sociologie comparative (CNRS - Université Paris Nanterre). Her Ph.D. research involved setting up an experimental digital archive project begun by a group of Yolngu clan chiefs living in Galiwin ku, in northeastern Arnhem Land. She is a collaborator on various projects organised by European museums concerning the material culture and audiovisual collections of indigenous Australians.

Georges Petitjean is an art historian and obtained his Ph.D. with research on the art of the Western Australian Desert. His main field of research is the transformation of primordial Aboriginal art into contemporary art. He was curator of the Museum of Contemporary Aboriginal Art (AAMU) in Utrecht from 2005 to 2017. Since then, Georges Petitjean has been curator at Collection Bérengère Primat, one of the leading collections of Aboriginal art in the world.

Luke Scholes is curator of Aboriginal Art at the Museum and Art Gallery of the Northern Territory (MAGNT). He was co-organiser of the Tjungunutja: From Having Come Together exhibition, where various Pintupi, Walpiri, and Luritja artists, who are all linked to the school in Papunja, exhibited their works. Besides having already been awarded several Australian prizes, this project will be on display at Alice Springs in 2019. Luke Scholes has been the coordinator of Telstra National Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Awards since 2016.
Publishing details: Five Continents Editions, 2019, 144pp
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Before Time Began, by: Jessica De Largy Healy, Georges Petitjean, Luke Scholes.
The common thread running right through this work is man's link with the land, the legacy of the ancestors that still echoes in the present. It is no accident that Before Time Began is one of the expressions used by indigenous Australian artists in central Australia to refer to the creation of the world, in an oneiric sense. Understanding and following this underlying bond enables the reader to explore the art's narrative content in its association with dreams and the passage of time, elements that inevitably distinguish the temporal dimension in the different societies.

But it is also a way of exploring the first stirrings of contemporary art in an indigenous Australian context through works made at the beginning of the 1970s in Arnhem Land and in the territory of the Papunya, as well as more recent paintings by artists living in the APY (Anangu Pitjantjatjara Yankunytjatjara). These last examples in particular highlight the fusion between contemporary art and traditional customs, in which ancestral knowledge is fused with elements drawn from the inevitable march of progress.

Book Feature:
Overview of the Aboriginal Art, focusing on the first large-scale exhibition staged by the Fondation Opale (Switzerland)
57 colour images

About the Authors

Jessica De Largy Healy is an anthropologist at the Laboratoire d'ethnologie et de sociologie comparative (CNRS - Université Paris Nanterre). Her Ph.D. research involved setting up an experimental digital archive project begun by a group of Yolngu clan chiefs living in Galiwin ku, in northeastern Arnhem Land. She is a collaborator on various projects organised by European museums concerning the material culture and audiovisual collections of indigenous Australians.

Georges Petitjean is an art historian and obtained his Ph.D. with research on the art of the Western Australian Desert. His main field of research is the transformation of primordial Aboriginal art into contemporary art. He was curator of the Museum of Contemporary Aboriginal Art (AAMU) in Utrecht from 2005 to 2017. Since then, Georges Petitjean has been curator at Collection Bérengère Primat, one of the leading collections of Aboriginal art in the world.

Luke Scholes is curator of Aboriginal Art at the Museum and Art Gallery of the Northern Territory (MAGNT). He was co-organiser of the Tjungunutja: From Having Come Together exhibition, where various Pintupi, Walpiri, and Luritja artists, who are all linked to the school in Papunja, exhibited their works. Besides having already been awarded several Australian prizes, this project will be on display at Alice Springs in 2019. Luke Scholes has been the coordinator of Telstra National Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Awards since 2016.
Publishing details: Five Continents Editions, 2019, 144pp
Nolan Sidneyview full entry
Reference: Sidney Nolan - The Artist's Materials
Artist's Materials. By Paula Dredge.
‘The newest addition to the Artist's Materials series offers the first technical study of one of Australia's greatest modern painters.Sidney Nolan (1917-1992) is renowned for an oeuvre ranging from views of Melbourne's seaside suburb St. Kilda to an iconic series on outlaw hero Ned Kelly. Working in factories from age fourteen, Nolan began his training spray painting signs on glass, which was followed by a job cutting and painting displays for Fayrefield Hats. Such employment offered him firsthand experience with commercial synthetic paints developed during the 1920s and 1930s.In 1939, having given up his job at Fayrefield in pursuit of an artistic career, Nolan became obsessed with European abstract paintings he saw reproduced in books and magazines. With little regard for the longevity of his work, he began to exploit materials such as boot polish, dyes, secondhand canvas, tissue paper, and old photographs, in addition to commercial and household paints. He continued to embrace new materials after moving to London in 1953. Oil-based Ripolin enamel is known to have been Nolan's preferred paint, but this fascinating study-certain to appeal to conservators, conservation scientists, art historians, and general readers with an interest in modern art-reveals his equally innovative use of nitrocellulose, alkyds, and other diverse materials.
Industry Reviews
"Paula Dredge's exhaustive technical analysis of the work of one of Australia's greatest and most complex painters, Sidney Nolan, . . . is essential reading to anyone curious to see how a particular alchemy works to make an artist's imagery unforgettable. Staring into her microscope with huge respect and admirable clarity of writing, the author never abandons the implication of Nolan's mystery beyond mere methodology. Better than that, she enhances it." --Barry Pearce, Emeritus Curator of Australian Art at the Art Gallery of New South Wales "This extensively researched and amply illustrated book reveals important findings about Sidney Nolan's materials and methods, and makes a significant contribution to the understanding of his work. Its rich blend of scientific information, biographical narrative and relevant images makes it accessible to the interested reader as well as conservators and art historians. Much more than a technical guide, it is a key resource for any serious Nolan scholar."

--Kendrah Morgan, Senior Curator, Heide Museum of Modern Art’
Publishing details: Getty Conservation Institute, 2020, 144pp.
Friend Donaldview full entry
Reference: Donald Friend - Far North Queensland. By
Ross Searle; Glenn Cooke. ‘Expanding on the research work of Gavin Wilson this exhibition features Friend's North Queensland work. Curated by Ross Searle, text by Glenn R. Cooke.’
Publishing details: Cairns: Cairns Regional Gallery, 2015. [20] pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Ref: 1000
PCP - Post Contemporary Paintingview full entry
Reference: PCP: POST CONTEMPORARY PAINTING
David M. Thomas. Exhibition catalogue. Features work by Paul Bai, Guy Benfield, Bibo, Catherine Brown, Camilla Cassidy, Diena Georgetti, Shane Haseman, Jason Markou, Robert Pulie, Tony Schwensen, David M. Thomas, and Paul Wrigley. Essays by David M. Thomas and Stephen Zagala.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2004.
First Edition. 41 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Ref: 146
Disappointing Latitudeview full entry
Reference: The Disappointing Latitude. Exhibition catalogue. Curated by Marie Biggins. Concept by Pat Hoffie. With artist statements. Features the work of Jill Chism, Chris Down and Elizabeth Woods, Paul Ryan, Belinda Sides, and Helen Waterer. Curated by Marie Biggins. Concept by Pat Hoffie.


Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 1993.
First Edition.
26cm x 17cm. 20 pages, black and white illustrations. Lettered french fold saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 146
Chism Jill view full entry
Reference: see The Disappointing Latitude, by Marie Biggins; Pat Hoffie. Exhibition catalogue. Curated by Marie Biggins. Concept by Pat Hoffie.

Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 1993.
First Edition.
26cm x 17cm. 20 pages, black and white illustrations. Lettered french fold saddle-stapled wrappers.
Down Chris and Elizabeth Woodsview full entry
Reference: see The Disappointing Latitude, by Marie Biggins; Pat Hoffie. Exhibition catalogue. Curated by Marie Biggins. Concept by Pat Hoffie. With artist statements.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 1993.
First Edition.
26cm x 17cm. 20 pages, black and white illustrations. Lettered french fold saddle-stapled wrappers.
Woods Elizabeth and Chris Downview full entry
Reference: see The Disappointing Latitude, by Marie Biggins; Pat Hoffie. Exhibition catalogue. Curated by Marie Biggins. Concept by Pat Hoffie. With artist statements.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 1993.
First Edition.
26cm x 17cm. 20 pages, black and white illustrations. Lettered french fold saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ryan Paul view full entry
Reference: see The Disappointing Latitude, by Marie Biggins; Pat Hoffie. Exhibition catalogue. Curated by Marie Biggins. Concept by Pat Hoffie. With artist statements.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 1993.
First Edition.
26cm x 17cm. 20 pages, black and white illustrations. Lettered french fold saddle-stapled wrappers.
Sides Belinda view full entry
Reference: see The Disappointing Latitude, by Marie Biggins; Pat Hoffie. Exhibition catalogue. Curated by Marie Biggins. Concept by Pat Hoffie. With artist statements.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 1993.
First Edition.
26cm x 17cm. 20 pages, black and white illustrations. Lettered french fold saddle-stapled wrappers.
Waterer Helen view full entry
Reference: see The Disappointing Latitude, by Marie Biggins; Pat Hoffie. Exhibition catalogue. With artist statements. Curated by Marie Biggins. Concept by Pat Hoffie.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 1993.
First Edition.
26cm x 17cm. 20 pages, black and white illustrations. Lettered french fold saddle-stapled wrappers.
Bai Paul view full entry
Reference: see PCP: POST CONTEMPORARY PAINTING by David M. Thomas
Exhibition catalogue. Essays by David M. Thomas and Stephen Zagala.
Publishing details:
Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2004.
First Edition.
41 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Benfield Guy view full entry
Reference: see PCP: POST CONTEMPORARY PAINTING by David M. Thomas
Exhibition catalogue. Essays by David M. Thomas and Stephen Zagala.
Publishing details:
Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2004.
First Edition.
41 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Biboview full entry
Reference: see PCP: POST CONTEMPORARY PAINTING by David M. Thomas
Exhibition catalogue. Essays by David M. Thomas and Stephen Zagala.
Publishing details:
Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2004.
First Edition.
41 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Catherine Brown view full entry
Reference: see PCP: POST CONTEMPORARY PAINTING by David M. Thomas
Exhibition catalogue. Essays by David M. Thomas and Stephen Zagala.
Publishing details:
Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2004.
First Edition.
41 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Cassidy Camilla view full entry
Reference: see PCP: POST CONTEMPORARY PAINTING by David M. Thomas
Exhibition catalogue. Essays by David M. Thomas and Stephen Zagala.
Publishing details:
Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2004.
First Edition.
41 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Georgetti Diena view full entry
Reference: see PCP: POST CONTEMPORARY PAINTING by David M. Thomas
Exhibition catalogue. Essays by David M. Thomas and Stephen Zagala.
Publishing details:
Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2004.
First Edition.
41 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Haseman Shane view full entry
Reference: see PCP: POST CONTEMPORARY PAINTING by David M. Thomas
Exhibition catalogue. Essays by David M. Thomas and Stephen Zagala.
Publishing details:
Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2004.
First Edition.
41 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Markou Jason view full entry
Reference: see PCP: POST CONTEMPORARY PAINTING by David M. Thomas
Exhibition catalogue. Essays by David M. Thomas and Stephen Zagala.
Publishing details:
Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2004.
First Edition.
41 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Pulie Robert view full entry
Reference: see PCP: POST CONTEMPORARY PAINTING by David M. Thomas
Exhibition catalogue. Essays by David M. Thomas and Stephen Zagala.
Publishing details:
Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2004.
First Edition.
41 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Schwensen Tony view full entry
Reference: see PCP: POST CONTEMPORARY PAINTING by David M. Thomas
Exhibition catalogue. Essays by David M. Thomas and Stephen Zagala.
Publishing details:
Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2004.
First Edition.
41 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Thomas David Mview full entry
Reference: see PCP: POST CONTEMPORARY PAINTING by David M. Thomas
Exhibition catalogue. Essays by David M. Thomas and Stephen Zagala.
Publishing details:
Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2004.
First Edition.
41 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Wrigley Paul view full entry
Reference: see PCP: POST CONTEMPORARY PAINTING by David M. Thomas
Exhibition catalogue. Essays by David M. Thomas and Stephen Zagala.
Publishing details:
Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2004.
First Edition.
41 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Post Contemporary Paintingview full entry
Reference: see PCP: POST CONTEMPORARY PAINTING by David M. Thomas
Exhibition catalogue. Essays by David M. Thomas and Stephen Zagala.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2004.
First Edition.
41 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Intertwining Theview full entry
Reference: THE INTERTWINING - THE CHASM: INSTALLATION-PERFORMANCE WORKS, 1994-96. Domenico de Clario; Liza Lim; Elision. Installation-Performance Works, 1994-96, with CD of improvisations by Elision. Contains extensive performance notes and illustrations.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 1998. 72 pages, colour illustrations, 1 audio CD. Lettered saddle- stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Installation artview full entry
Reference: see THE INTERTWINING - THE CHASM: INSTALLATION-PERFORMANCE WORKS, 1994-96. Domenico de Clario; Liza Lim; Elision. Installation-Performance Works, 1994-96, with CD of improvisations by Elision. Contains extensive performance notes and illustrations.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 1998. 72 pages, colour illustrations, 1 audio CD. Lettered saddle- stapled wrappers.
Performance artview full entry
Reference: see THE INTERTWINING - THE CHASM: INSTALLATION-PERFORMANCE WORKS, 1994-96. Domenico de Clario; Liza Lim; Elision. Installation-Performance Works, 1994-96, with CD of improvisations by Elision. Contains extensive performance notes and illustrations.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 1998. 72 pages, colour illustrations, 1 audio CD. Lettered saddle- stapled wrappers.
Gabori Sallyview full entry
Reference: Sally’s Story. Sally Gabori. Collection of works by Australian Aboriginal artist Sally Gabori. Text by Brett Evans, Paul Memmott, Nicholas Evans, and Simon Turner
Publishing details: Woolloongabba Art Gallery, 2005. 53 pages, colour illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Macquarie Universityview full entry
Reference: AFFINITIES: 7 MUSEUMS, 50 OBJECTS. Macquire University Museums and Collections Curatorial Team.
Exhibition catalogue.
Publishing details: Sydney: Macquarie University Ar Gallery, 2014.
pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Tuszynski Felixview full entry
Reference: Felix Tuszynski. Dreaming Time - Paintings and Drawings. Exhibition catalogue.
Publishing details: Melbourne: Jewish Museum of Australia, 1997.
[16] pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled wrappers.

Ref: 1000
Rae Isoview full entry
Reference: with Lauraine Diggins Fine Art, 2020:
Isobel 'Iso' Rae 1860 - 1940
A Devil, Etaples 1917
charcoal, chalk, watercolour on paper
48 x 41 cm
signed lower right: ISO RAE
inscribed lower left: A.DEVIL
inscribed lower right: ETAPLES 1917
Isobel Rae was known as “Iso”, her nickname a somewhat relevant and familiar word to us today, as was her likely experience of isolation. At the outbreak of World War I, Iso Rae remained in Etaples, France with her mother and sister, whilst most foreigners moved away from the former peaceful fishing village, which had been home to a thriving expatriate artistic community.  

Iso and her sister Alison worked for the Voluntary Aid Detachment (VAD) with the British Red Cross from 1915 – 1919. As an artist, Rae depicted the scenes around her, producing around 200 drawings, mostly pastels and gouache, depicting the daily life of the military camp at Etaples. She used whatever drawing materials and time were available to her – charcoal and pastel rather than oils; paper rather than canvas; night scenes because she was busy at work during the day.

Her lively and compassionate drawings are now recognised as important historical and social documents, beyond their artistic merit. Despite nearly twenty men receiving official appointments as Australian war artists by 1918[1], Iso Rae was one of only two Australian women who documented the war for many years (the other artist was Jessie Traill who spent the war working in a military hospital).
 
The camp at Etaples was a place where Commonwealth troops  - British, Canadian, Scottish, New Zealand and Australian forces went before being called up to fight; a training facility; supplies depot; a detention centre and home to thousands in tent cities and ordered hospitals. Iso Rae drew the camp with its soldiers in their various uniforms; the barracks; the hospitals; the prisoners, both German and allied; their accommodation; the horses; their training and recreation (football, cinema, theatre).

Iso Rae was a skilled draughtsperson, her marks lively and capturing a spontaneity, yet balanced with thought-out and balanced compositions. This is a particularly fine drawing depicting a group of soldiers huddled around a brazier at night, embers blowing in the breeze and their individual uniforms bathed in an eerie glow. We have identified the figures as Scottish; the blue coat of the Hospital Blues worn by convalescents; Australian with the slouch hat and New Zelander with the 'lemon squeezer' hat. The peaked tents in the background provide an anchored backdrop giving a further intimacy to the group of figures. There is an aura of quiet and calm, the relaxed poses and dangling cigarettes, but one laced with tension or perhaps boredom, the holding pattern of an unknown future the nature for many at Etaples. This is not a depiction of heroes of war, rather the gritty reality and the daily grind of the behind the scenes. Rae’s use of coloured paper highlights the contrast between the army brown and the bright red and orange balanced against the blues and touch of green found in a hat band.

The drawing is accompanied by a letter of dedication from the matron at Etaples on behalf of the nurses and VAD to a Captain MacIlwaine.
 

[1] See link to Australian War Memorial site for further details : https://www.awm.gov.au/articles/encyclopedia/war_artists/ww1
 
Collections include:
Australian War Memorial, Canberra
National Gallery of Australia, Canberra
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Musee de Touquet, France 


Further Reading:
A Century of Australian Women Artists 1840s – 1940s, Deutscher Fine Art, 1993
Gorman, Clem and Therese, Interpide, Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth Century France, Monash University Publishing, 2020
Hammond, Victoria and Peers, Juliet, Completing the Picture: Women Artists and the Heidelberg Era, Artmoves, 1992, p.62
McDonnell, Bridget, 'A woman’s forgotten war’, in Antiques and Art Australia, Volume 1, Number 5, Spring 1989
Snowden, Betty, Iso Rae in Etaples : Another perspective of war, Wartime : official magazine of the Australian War Memorial, 1999, no. 8, pp36-41
Walton, Alex curator at the Imperial War Museum, BBC Essays on War podcast https://www.bbc.co.uk/sounds/play/m00011hs
https://www.letouquet-musee.com/collections/la-colonie-d-etaples/
http://museumstjohn.org.uk/research/projects/st-john-first-world-war/
http://throughtheselines.com.au/research/etaples/

Bauer Ferdinand view full entry
Reference: see Arader Galleries, auction, 11 Oct, 2020, New York, NY, USA, lot 40: BAUER, Ferdinand (1760-1826).Blackberries.Watercolor on paper. Signed lower right: ‘Ferd Bauer’. 17 1/8" x 11" sheet; 23" x 16 1/2" framed.Provenance: Tennants, UK - September 21, 2016 - Lot 205.The Only Watercolor Left on the Private Market by Emporer Franz Josephs’ Royal Watercolorist.Ferdinand Bauer was born in Feldsberg, Austria, he was one of seven children. Ferdinand inherited his ar- tistic abilities from his father Lucas Bauer, a court painter for the Princes of Lichtenstein and primarily known through his religious paintings. Lucas died when Ferdinand was two years old but his influence remained of great importance to the young man which we learn from a biography of Ferdinand written in 1843: “in his earliest youth, Ferdinand copied plants and birds from the designs of his late parents, but soon took up painting from nature, and followed her as his chief guide throughout life.” (Lhotsky, J. “Biographical sketch of Ferdinand Bauer” London journal of botany, 1843, 106 – 113). The Bauer boys trained under Norbert Boccius at the Feldsberg monastery. Under Boccius’ care, the Bauer brothers learned the tandem pursuit of art and science based on the nascent Linnaean system of clas- sification. Notably, Lhotsky wrote that around 1775 Ferdinand contributed “miniature delineations of plants from nature... the greater part of a collection, which, consisting of 16 volumes in folio.” The title of the vol- umes acknowledged his contributions, as well as those of his brothers, Norbert Bossio Collectas et a Josepho, Francisco et Ferdinando Bauer pictas. Fresh from the praise of their work, both Ferdinand and Franz moved to Vienna to work for Baron Nicolaus von Jacquin, professor of botany at Vienna University and director of the University botanic garden. Jacquin employed the Bauer brothers to contribute illustrations for his Icones Plantarum Rariorum (1751-1793). Ferdinand’s fine work caught the attention of Dr. John Sibthorp who then brought the young artist with him to Greece to assist in illustrating his book on Greek botany, Flora Gracea. Later, Bauer was one of six draftsmen chosen by Sir Joseph Banks to accompany Matthew Flinders’ circum- navigation of Australia and under the direction of naturalist Robert Brown. His talent was praised by Flinders who wrote in 1802, ““[It] was fortunate for science that two such men as Mr Brown and Mr Bauer have been selected, their application is beyond what I have been accustomed to see.” Bauer remained in Australia after the voyage, returning to England in 1805 and subsequently printing some of his watercolors as Illustrationes Florae Novae Hollandiae from 1806 to 1813. The bulk of Bauer’s finished paintings was acquired by the British Admiralty. In 1843 they were transferred to the British Museum together with additional paintings that Robert Brown had bought from Franz Bauer. Most of the sketches, as well as the herbarium and a collection of skins, were acquired by the Austrian Imperial Museum and are now housed in the Natural History Museum in Vienna. No individual watercolors by Ferdinand Bauer have been offered for sale in the last thirty years, thus the present examples are a unique opportunity to obtain an original work by this significant natural history artist.

Black Dorrit view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Bowen Stella view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Carrick Ethel view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Fox Ethel Carrickview full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Chapman Evelyn view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Crowley Grace view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Dangar Anne view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Davidson Bessie view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Dyring Moya view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Freeman Madge
view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Gibson Bessie view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Goodsir Agnes view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Greene Anne Alison view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Lahey Vida view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Meeson Dora view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Mercer Mary Cockburn view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Muskett Alice view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Nicholas Hilda Rix
view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
O’Connor Kathleen view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Olley Margaret view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Plante Ada May view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Quelhurst Betty view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Rae Iso view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Reynell Gladys view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Stewart Janet Cumbrae view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Stokes Constance view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Traill Jessieview full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
Tuck Marie view full entry
Reference: see Intrépide: Australian Women Artists in Early Twentieth-Century France by Clem and Theresa Gorman. Includes biographies on 27 Australian women artists. [’It is hard for us to imagine the oppressed lives of single women in the first half of the twentieth century. Yet a few determined Australian women took a leap into the unknown and carved careers for themselves in Paris. 
They studied, painted, and haunted galleries and salons. They exhibited in the Paris Salons and in private galleries on the Left Bank. They received prizes and awards out of all proportion to their numbers. And they brought back to Australia not only greatly enhanced skills but also Modernism – to a country that had barely heard of it. 
This book examines a selection of the best artists among them, including some who have all but been forgotten, giving them back their rightful place in Australian art history.’]
About the Authors
Clem Gorman pioneered experimental theatre in Australia before working as an arts administrator in London. Nine of his plays have been staged professionally and he has written nine books of non-fiction. He has taught at universities in Australia and the US and now writes on the visual arts.
Therese Gorman wrote stage plays in the 1970s with her late husband, and with her husband Clem has co-authored Sydney Harbour: A Guide from North Head to South Head and this book. She and Clem are currently working on a biography of Sydney artist Wendy Sharpe.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing; Victoria; 2020, 228pp, with endnotes and bibliography.
printsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Angas George Frenchview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Angas George Frenchview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Atkinson Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Austin John Gview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Baines Thomasview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Bauer Ferdinandview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Becker Ludwigview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Blake Williamview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Bluett Thomasview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Boys Thomasview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Browne J R or R or T Rview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Brown J R or R or T Rview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Burford Robertview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Carmichael Johnview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Chevalier Nicholasview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Clark John Heavisideview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Clarke Cuthbert Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Cogne Francoisview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Cruikshank Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Dale Robertview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Dayes Edwardview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Dexter Williamview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Earle Augustusview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Elliott F J photographerview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Evans George Wview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Eyre Johnview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Fernyhough William Henryview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Fielding Copleyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Fowles Josephview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Gill Samuel Thomasview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Gould Johnview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Grey Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Gritten Henryview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
von Guerard Eugeneview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Ham Thomasview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Hamilton Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Howitt Alfred Williamview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Huggins J Wview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Hunter Johnview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Huxley Thomas Henryview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Ismer Clarkeview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Clarke Ismer view full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
King Philip Gidleyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Lang Alexander Denistounview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Lesueur Charles Alexanderview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Lewin John Williamview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Liardet Williamview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Light Williamview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Lowry J Wview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Lycett Josephview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
McCubbin Frederickview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
M’Lean Thomasview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
McLean Thomas or M’Leanview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Mann John Frederickview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Martens Conradview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Mason Cyrusview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Melville Harden Sview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Melville Henryview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Mitchell Thomas Livingstoneview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Neill Jview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Nicholas Williamview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Nixon Frederick Richardview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Piguenit William Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Port Jackson Painter Theview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Preston Williamview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Prinsep Mrs Augustusview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Prinsep Thomasview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Prinsep Valview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Prout John Skinnerview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Prout Samuelview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Rhodius Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Presston William see Prestonview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Riemann Bview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Rodius Charles see Rhodiusview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Roberts Tomview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Sands Johnview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Sands and Kennyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Sands and McDougallview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Scharf Gview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Shaw Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Shuhkrafft A Wview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Slaeger Philipview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Sligo see Slaeger Philipview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Stokes John Lortview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Strafford Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Stringer Mason & Coview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Strutt Williamview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Sturt Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Summers Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Sweet Robertview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Taylor James photographerview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Taylor Major Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Terry Frederickview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Troedel Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Tulloch Davidview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Wallis Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Watling Thomasview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Watling Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Webber Henryview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Wendel Robertview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
West Absalomview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Westall Williamview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Westmacott Robert Marshview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
White John view full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Woolner Thomas brief refview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Jukes J Bview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Arrowsmith Johnview full entry
Reference: see Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900 by Jonathan Wantrup. Reference guide to rare books published in and on Australia between 1788 and 1900; includes reference to major early works relating to Australian Aborigines. Includes general index. Includes index of artists and engravers and biographical information in passing.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 1987, x, 468 p. : ill., facsims., maps.
Lewin John William 2 paintings of kangaroos in UKview full entry
Reference: Are these kangaroos Australia's earliest oil paintings?

By Tom McIlroy Political reporter Sep 18, 2020.

A researcher believes she has identified the first European oil paintings completed in Australia and is campaigning for the early depictions of kangaroos to be brought out of obscurity.
Scotland-based social scientist Sue Roff believes the two paintings, thought to have been completed by artist John Lewin between 1800 and 1807, could be as historically significant as George Stubbs' famous Kongouro from New Holland, painted in London in 1772.
Part of the Hunterian Museum collection at the Royal College of Surgeons (RCS) in London, the paintings of groups of kangaroos are catalogued as having been painted in New Holland.

They are thought to have been donated to the collection amassed by the father of modern scientific surgery, John Hunter, in 1807. That could mean they are older than another work by Lewin – an 1813 still life of fish, owned by the Art Gallery of South Australia – believed to be one of the earliest European oil paintings from Australia.
Australian-born Ms Roff initially believed the Lewin works were watercolours. She was allowed to examine the kangaroos alongside another work by the artist in 2017 and said they were likely oils, or a colonial improvisation of distemper or tempera painting.

"These two paintings have been hanging in the Hunterian Museum for more than 200 years," Ms Roff said.
"They are repeatedly labelled by the long-term curator as oils, 'painted in New Holland from the life' by John Lewin who was the first anatomically trained settler artist to work in Sydney. If he did in fact paint them they would be the earliest oil paintings made in Australia."
Ms Roff said the kangaroos were consistent with Lewin's style, including because of white shadings and "anglified" landscapes.
Lewin is known to have painted in watercolour until about 1813, but Roff thinks the paintings are earlier and has called for them to undergo scientific examination to establish their materials and links to Australia. The museum has an extensive collection of anatomical specimens, fossils, paintings and drawings.


The Stubbs kangaroo and a painting of a dingo, made after Captain James Cook's first voyage to Australia, were the subject of a high-profile ownership battle in 2013. The National Gallery of Australia was blocked by the UK government from acquiring them in a $10 million sale.
The kangaroo helped guide the design of Australia's earliest coat of arms, and is now part of Britain's National Maritime Museum collection.
"The Hunterian is currently closed for refurbishments until late 2022," Ms Roff said.
"Given the way the Stubbs paintings were denied to Australia, it would be a fitting time to offer these two paintings for exhibition, perhaps tour, of Australia while their provenance is being investigated."

The kangaroo by George Stubbs, subject of
a high-profile ownership battle in 2013. 
A former curator of the Hunterian Museum, Caroline Grigson, has expressed doubt about the theory the works are by John Lewin or that they were painted "in situ" in Australia.
Dawn Kemp, director of museums of the Royal College of Surgeons of England, welcomed debate about the kangaroos.
‘’We are very interested in Sue’s research into the kangaroo paintings; it is always welcome to get greater understanding of objects in the RCS collections," she said.
"The Hunterian Museum is currently closed, due a major redevelopment, and will reopen in late 2022 but we especially held back the paintings from going into store for Sue to assess them."

Smyrk Herbert Moesbury 1862-1947view full entry
Reference: see Skinner Auction, Boston, Massachusetts, 25 sept, 2020, lot 170:
Herbert Moesbury Smyrk (Australian, 1862-1947)

Four Illustrations: Cliffside Waves, Coastline Storm, The Lovers Meeting, and Forested View of the City
Three signed "HERBERT MOESBURY" l.r., one signed l.l.
Ink and whiting on heavy paper, image sizes 11 3/4 x 7 3/4 in. (29.8 x 19.7 cm), three unmatted, one matted, all unframed.
Condition: Tack holes to margins, Coastline Storm with the signature pasted to the paper and losses to u.r. edge, scattered soiling to Cliffside Waves.

N.B. Herbert Moesbury Smyrk was an accomplished stained-glass designer who turned to illustration later in life. Fond of Tahiti, he authored and illustrated the book The Trader's Story.

Condition: The illustration of a cliff with rolling waves and birds includes an inscription in the lower margin outside of image "SPRAY-SWATHED HARBINGERS WING TO THE LEE,/AND TURBULENT BILLOWS SWEEP"/SEE REVISED DRAWING FOR THIS PLATE.

Making Marksview full entry
Reference: Making Marks: Australia and Afghanistan. Making Marks: Australia and Afghanistan is the second book to emerge from Unfolding Projects, a longitudinal international arts exchange project between a group of women artists in Australia, and women undertaking literacy and vocational classes at the Organisation of Promoting Afghan Women’ Capabilities (OPAWC) in Kabul.
The book documents the second art exchange which took up the medium of the handkerchief to create artworks that are diverse and yet also connected. Many of the ‘first marks’ on the handkerchiefs reflect the Australian artists’ relationship with, and connection to, place, nature and history. These themes are also reflected in the ‘second marks’ made by Afghan women whose relationship with, and connection to, their place and their history, resonates through each stitch and informs the hopes and dreams articulated in thread.
This exquisite book includes images of the artworks on handkerchiefs with statements from the Australian artists before the journey to Afghanistan, and full-page images of the artworks that returned changed and completed by the touch and thread of the Afghan artists and writers.
Making Marks also includes a number of short essays by Afghan and Australian writers. A number of the essays are in English and Dari.
The artworks, essays, hopes and dreams expressedin this book transcend time, space and politics to connect people at a deep level. The quality of the project itself, the artists, and the artworks have been recognized both nationally and internationally as a way of ‘making a mark’ on the journey to justice for Afghan women and women everywhere.

Publishing details: Vivid Publishing, Hardcover, 112 pages full colour
Ref: 1000
Pelling Henry (Henry or Harry Pelling Gill)view full entry
Reference: see Christian McCann Auctions
October 5, 2020, Lot 328: Henry Pelling, watercolour, Sydney Harbour. H 17cm, W 33cm.
Gill Henry Pelling (or Henry or Harry Pelling)view full entry
Reference: see Christian McCann Auctions
October 5, 2020, Lot 328: Henry Pelling, watercolour, Sydney Harbour. H 17cm, W 33cm.
Justin Miller Artview full entry
Reference: Justin Miller Art, Autumn 2019, illustrated catalogue. Includes 14 works with some biographical information.
Publishing details: Justin Miller Art, 2019, pb, 16 pp, with price list.
Ref: 133
Streeton Arthur The point Wharf 1893 and Panoramic View of Sydney Harbour, 1894view full entry
Reference: see Justin Miller Art, Autumn 2019, illustrated catalogue. Includes 14 works with some biographical information. An essay on Streeton by David Hansen.
Publishing details: Justin Miller Art, 2019, pb, 16 pp, with price list.
Black Dorrit 2 linocutsview full entry
Reference: see Justin Miller Art, Autumn 2019, illustrated catalogue. Includes 14 works with some biographical information. An essay on Streeton by David Hansen.
Publishing details: Justin Miller Art, 2019, pb, 16 pp, with price list.
Upward Peter untitled c1971view full entry
Reference: see Justin Miller Art, Autumn 2019, illustrated catalogue. Includes 14 works with some biographical information. An essay on Streeton by David Hansen.
Publishing details: Justin Miller Art, 2019, pb, 16 pp, with price list.
Cobb Ronview full entry
Reference: see obituary SMH 23.9.2020, p2-3:
The conceptual artist Ron Cobb, who helped shape the look of science-fiction classics Alien, Star Wars and The Abyss, has died in Sydney. He was 83.
The California-born Cobb started his career in film in 1956 as an animator for Walt Disney’s Sleeping Beauty. After being laid off the following year, he odd-jobbed – including as a postal worker – before being drafted into the military in 1960. In 1963, he was sent to Vietnam, as a draughtsman.
Entering what he once termed his ‘‘late beatnik, early hippie’’ phase upon returning to civilian life, Cobb found success as a cartoonist for counter-cultural magazines in the US and abroad – including Melbourne University student paper Farrago.
His fame as a penner of acerbic anti-war one-shots was such that in 1969 a woman from the Australian Union of Students invited him out for a speaking tour. Her name was Robin Love, and in 1972 they married and set up home together in Sydney, where Cobb died on Monday from Lewy body dementia. But it is the designs Cobb contributed to a slew of sciencefiction films for which he will most be remembered, beginning with John Carpenter’s space tragi-comedy Dark Star (1974).
In 1976, Cobb contributed sketches for several aliens for the famous cantina scene in Star Wars (his ambulatory rainforest plant – ‘‘great sense of humour; best joke tellers in the galaxy’’ his sketch notes say – sadly didn’t make the cut).
He was production designer of Conan the Barbarian, helped shape the look of Ridley Scott’s Alien and James Cameron’s sequel, and he designed the DeLorean time travel machine in Back to the Future. He also worked on Cameron’s The Abyss, and directed the 1992 Australian film Garbo, a much-maligned comedy about a pair of bumbling rubbish collectors in Melbourne.
‘‘I’m very impressed by the act of creation,’’ Cobb said in 1988.
‘‘I like myth making. Film offers me an opportunity to do all these things. I can do the architecture. I can do the sets. I can express my interest in technology. I can express my interest in story, plot and character, the psychology of the characters. Film is very satisfying.’’
Steven Spielberg was so impressed by Cobb’s design work on Conan that he tapped him to develop and direct a film about a group of aliens who come to Earth. But Night Skies proved too expensive a proposition, and so Spielberg reworked it – into a more intimate story about a single abandoned alien.
Cobb didn’t think much of E.T., a ‘‘sentimental and self-indulgent, a pathetic lost-puppy kind of story’’, but it set him up for life: his deal with Spielberg gave him 1 per cent of the net on one of the most profitable films of all time.
Steve Kearney, one half of the comedy act Los Trios Ringbarkus who starred in Garbo, described Cobb as ‘‘a sweetheart. He had a hearty laugh that was preceded by an exploding, beaming smile, and warm kind eyes. These are thing things I remember.
‘‘He was way above our pay grade but he was so generous, a big teddy bear with the brain of a supercomputer.’’
Australian writer-director Geoffrey Wright (Romper Stomper), who also knew Cobb, hails him as a major figure.
‘‘He was cynical, brilliant, opinionated, and he loved living in Australia,’’ Wright said.
Cobb was a ‘‘frustrated engineer’’, he said, whose design ethos was all about form following function. ‘‘He wanted audiences to behold his work as ‘impressive but believable’,’’ Wright said.
Publishing details: Sydney Morning Herald, 2020.
Meszaros Michael view full entry
Reference: see Ebay UK listing, 23.9.2020:
Presenting an exceptionally fine artisan crafted bronze relief sculpture of a mother and child masterfully created and signed by the renowned Australian artist Michael Meszaros in 1984... sculpture depicts a mother in a seated position, holding her young baby upon her raised knees. The mother looks adoringly at her child with a sense of wonder, as the infant raises its arm towards its mothers face... rendered in relief upon a rectangular shaped plaque... measures approx 230mms in height by125 mms in width. This substantial plaque weighs just over 1.3kgs.

This piece is signed at dated with raised lettering reading "Michael Meszaros 1984" running vertically along the lower left handside of the front face of the plaque.

Michael Meszaros was born in 1945 into an artistic family as the son of the sculptor and medalist Andor Meszaros.

During the 1960s Michael studied to become an architect, but in 1969 he was awarded a Churchill Fellowship to study medal-making in Italy at La Scuola Dell 'Art Della Medaglia, attached to Rome's main mint. On his return to Australia Michael became a full-time sculptor and medalist.

Michael has created large-scale public sculptures including the copper birds at 350 St. Kilda Road, the bronze portrait statue of John Pascoe Fawkner at 447 Collins Street and the memorial to Sam the Koala in Mirboo North, Gippsland.

Michael Meszaros medals are held by the British Museum, the Royal Dutch Coin Collection, and many private collections in Europe, America, Australia, New Zealand and the United Kingdom. In August 2011 he was awarded the American Numismatic Association's 'Numismatic Art Award for Excellence in Medallic Sculpture'. In 2012 he received an OAM in the Queen's Birthday Honours.

Sardo Eleonora (Nora)view full entry
Reference: see Art La Rosa auction, Catania, Italy, 11.10.2020, lot 561:
"Ambition", oil, acrylic and resin paint on panel, 90x45 cm, 2020. Born in Catania in 1994, Eleonora Sardo, in art Nora, is an art historian and painter.She studied in Catania at the Art Institute and the Faculty of Cultural Heritage and in Siena Art History. Currently she is attending the Rome Masters in Art and Responsibilities of stylistic recognition.After an Erasmus Plus at the Holburne Museum in Bath (UK), she spent a short time immersed in the intimacy of Icelandic landscapes and six months impressed by primitivism of the Australian continent.Finally she returned to Sicily, "the key to everything" (Goethe, Italian Journey) and feels the need to return to painting, to give space and body to a new sensibility.She prefers the representation of the female figure, investigated through the multiform aesthetic profile, and abstract compositions, metaphors and transfigurations dream of the places visited. Her style is characterized by the broad brushstrokes vibrant, clarity, sensuality, spirit soul searching, the frequent use of spatula, and materials recovery media.The work represents, through seductive and dark colors, the lure that ambition exercising on a simple, luminous existence, represented by the yellow spatula, in search of freedom. ASOR Studio

Williams P Eview full entry
Reference: see Smalls auction, The Lucky Country Sale
October 4, 2020, Paddington, Sydney, Australia, lot 8, Australia. 1879 'New South Wales Academy of Art Prize Medal,' Extremely Fine, Awarded to "P.E. Williams for Study in Crayons/from cast/the Gladiator"
Notes: The medal is surrounded by an entwined rope border with an engraved loop. It is topped by a floral garland separated by an artist's palate and brushes which are usually missing from other examples of medals that we have seen. It is known that the famous Australian artist Conrad Martens also received a similar award from Academy but in gold. The Academy building still exists today in Pitt Street, Sydney.
Dimensions: Diameter 60mm (plus suspender) x 52mm
Maze Missview full entry
Reference: see Smalls auction, The Lucky Country Sale
October 4, 2020, Paddington, Sydney, Australia,
Lot 7, Australia. 1878 'New South Wales Academy of Art Prize Medal,' Extremely Fine. Awarded to "Miss Maze for Study from Cast/Oils/Monochrome.
Notes: The medal is surrounded by an entwined rope border with an engraved loop. It is topped by a floral garland separated by an artist's palate and brushes which are usually missing from other examples of medals that we have seen. It is known that the famous Australian artist Conrad Martens also received a similar award from Academy but in gold. The Academy building still exists today in Pitt Street, Sydney. Dimensions: Diameter 60mm (plus suspender)x52mm
Lee Lindyview full entry
Reference: See Sydney Morning Herald, Spectrum, 26-27 September, 2020, p6-8
Burn Henryview full entry
Reference: see Henry BURN
View of Halifax taken from Beacon Hill, Halifax: W. Birtwhistle
Lithograph, hand coloured. Imp. C.F. Cheffins of London
34 x 49 cm
Estimate: € 218 - € 327
Dominic Winter auction, UK, 07 Oct 2020
Mallard House
Broadway Lane
GL7 5UQ South Cerney, Gloucestershire
United Kingdom
Printed Books, Maps & Documents, Travel, Science & Engineering
Illustrated on page 74 of the catalog
Lot number 177
Details
Dedic. to Lord viscount Morpeth M.P.
NOTES

THE DAVID SMITH PRINT COLLECTION PART I CIVIL ENGINEERING, TRANSPORT & TOPOGRAPHICAL PANORAMAS The lithograph of Halifax shows the town at an early stage of industrialisation from Beacon Hill on the eastern side of the Hebble valley. The Halifax Branch Canal can be seen, which was opened in 1828. Henry Burn (1807?-1884) was born in Birmingham, the son of Samuel Burn, described as a ‘varnish maker’ and his wife Hannah (née Oliver). Of his early training little is known, however, he claimed to have been apprenticed to ‘an Artist and Drawing Master’. Between 1840 and 1852, he travelled throughout England and produced a number of topographical lithograph views of English towns, including Bournemouth (1840), Blandford (n.d.), Weymouth (1842), Wolverhampton (1844), Walsall (1845), Birmingham (1845), Nottingham (1846), Derby (1846), Leeds (1846), Halifax (1847), Shrewsbury (1847), Worcester (n.d.), Northampton (n.d.), Leicester (n.d.), and Winchester (1852). On 16 October 1852, Burn sailed from Liverpool, arriving in Melbourne, Australia on 30 January 1853. He was described on the Passenger List as ‘Artist’, aged 43. Also on board were Samuel Cane of Southwark, Surrey, his wife Mary and a family of six sons and three daughters, the eldest of whom, Susan Cane, Burn was to marry seven years later. He produced a number of lithograph views of Melbourne between 1855 and 1862. He later exhibited with the Victorian Society of Fine Arts in 1857 and with the Victorian Academy of Arts in 1870, 1872, 1876 and 1877.
Bourne Bob b1931view full entry
Reference: see DOMINIC WINTER AUCTIONS, Gloucestershire, UK, 09 Oct 2020: lot 640:
Bourne (Bob, 1931-). House in a landscape, oil on board, unsigned, 61.5 x 76.5cm (24.25 x 30ins), framed

Qty: (1)

NOTES

Bob Bourne was born in Exmouth, Devon and moved to Cornwall in 1960. After working in Cornwall for some years, he moved to London briefly in the 1970s before living in Western Australia and then France, returning to Cornwall in 1976.



Kelly Williamview full entry
Reference: see artist’s website:
BIOGRAPHY
William Kelly is an artist, humanist, pacifist, husband and father.

Born in Buffalo, New York, Kelly studied at the Albright-Knox Art Gallery, the University of the Arts (Philadelphia, USA) and at the National Gallery School, Melbourne, Australia. Having once called a park bench home, he is a former steel worker, taxi driver, welder, Fulbright Scholar and former Dean at the Victorian College of the Arts, Melbourne. Today Kelly is more notably recognized internationally as an artist and activist who works in many media though his past history resonates throughout his artistic enterprise which is characterized by a humanist approach and “socially committed” creative practice. He lives and maintains a studio in a small 'bush town' in rural Australia. 

His international reputation as an artist of conscience has been frequently acknowledged publicly with the presentation to him of the “Coat of Arms” of the city of Guernica, Spain; he is the only visual artist to receive an Australian Violence Prevention Award (presented by the Prime Minister and Heads of Australian Government); the first visual artist to receive the prestigious “Courage of Conscience Award” from the Peace Abbey, Boston, USA (others include the Dalai Lama, Martin Luther King Jr.,  Muhammad Ali, Rosa Parks, Nelson Mandela, John Lennon...);  represented Australia in the International United Nations Human Rights Print Portfolio (in collaboration with Aboriginal artist, Benjamen McKeown); selected to represent Australia in the international print folio "Dialogue Among Nations" organised by Art for Humanity, Durban, South Africa and recently honoured to be selected (as the only artist represented) along with others including Aung San Suu Kyi, Nelson Mandela, Martin Luther King Jr., Hanna Arendt and Mahatma Gandhi in the 2016 exhibition “Peace Makers” at the Gernika Peace Museum, (Guernica), Spain.

William Kelly is a committed humanist artist whose work strongly addresses the ideas and ideals of community and the power of art to contribute to cultural change.   He has become known for his engagement with major issues of our time including those of human rights, social justice and environment.  This commitment has seen him participate in projects that range from major solo museum exhibitions and significant public installations internationally to collaboration on “model” community projects which have received awards from the Prime Minister of Australia and the Premier of Victoria. 
 
“Creative Fellowship” at the State Library of Victoria (2014- 2016).
Recipient of an Australian Violence Prevention Award from the Prime Minister and Heads of Australian Government
”Honorary Life Member” of the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art
Former Dean of The School of Art of The Victorian College of the Arts, Melbourne
Former Fulbright Fellow
Recipient of the Coat of Arms of the City of Guernica, Spain
Recipient of the Regional Arts Leadership Award, Presented by the Premier of Victoria, Australia
Recipient of the “Courage of Conscience Award”  Peace Abbey, Boston, USA
Represented Australia in the United Nations Declaration of Human Rights Print Portfolio (introduction by Kofi Anan) now in the collection of the United Nations, Geneva Switzerland.
 
He has been visiting artist /guest lecturer  at the Ashmolean Museum, Oxford University as well as Cambridge University, the New York Studio School and  has also been guest lecturer at places as diverse as Yale University, the Pennsylvania (USA) Prison System and schools in India, Italy, Republic of Georgia and elsewhere.
 
He has exhibited in Sydney, Cologne, New York City, Melbourne and in over 20 countries including Japan, England, Sweden with solo exhibitions in Queens Hall (Parliament House, Melbourne) and the Shrine of Remembrance (Melbourne).  His art is  in public collections including National Gallery of Australia, United Nations Collection (Geneva, Switzerland),  New South Wales State Library, Guernica Peace Museum (Spain), Museum of Modern Art at Heide (Melbourne), Durban Art Gallery (South Africa), Victorian Art Centre (Melbourne), Queensland Art Gallery and others.

Selected Publications include: Kunst Kolne, “Zeitgenossische Kunst in Australien” (Cologne, Germany, July 1987); Australian Art, Anne Mancini (Longman, 1996);  Art and Humanist Ideals… W. Kelly, ed. (Macmillan, 2003); Place Made, Roger Butler and Anne Virgo (National Gallery of Australia, 2004);  Studio International Yearbook, Dr. Janet McKenzie editor (Studio International, UK, 2008); The Body, The Flesh and The Soul, Foreword by Umberto Eco (Guernica Culture Centre, 2009);  selected documentaries, electronic media: Wikipedia entry;  “Books and Arts with Michael Cathcart” ABC Radio National, 2013;  Exhibit A: William Kelly/Courage of Conscience, ABC Radio National, 2007; You’d Sing Too/Exploring Freedom of Expression, film directed by Sian Darling, 2009; Counihan Connection/William Kelly, film directed by Catherine Gough-Brady 2011; William Kelly: Looking Toward a Better World, Online ‘E’-Exhibition for “Right Now” e-magazine. Curator, Oliver Ramsay. 2011. William Kelly: The Art and Peace Triptych, film directed by Sonia Sierra, 2015.
 

Gordon-Cumming Constance Frederika 1837-1924view full entry
Reference: see Dukes auction, UK, 08 Oct 2020, lot 175:
CONSTANCE FREDERIKA GORDON-CUMMING (1837-1924) 'The Weatherboard, Blue Mountains, New South Wales, Australia' Rugged mountain landscape with the Weatherboard falls to the foreground, signed and dated August 18th 1875 lower right, watercolour, 48cm x 74cm 
Kerry & Coview full entry
Reference: see 100 Views, Sydney Descriptive and Illustrative, together with choice and characteristic country scenes in New South Wales. 74 full-page captioned photographic views (mainly Kerry & Co., Sydney)

Publishing details: A.C.Rowlandson, circa 1907, NSW Bookstall Co., 71 plates.
Pope Robertview full entry
Reference: see Two bob's worth, written by Robert Pope and Robert Todonai in collaboration with Mark Balfour, George Cockburn and Trevor J. Douglas
Publishing details: Bonum Research Centre, 1988, 172pp, boxed, signed with an illustration by Robert Pope (a very odd book). Includes index.
Todonai Robertview full entry
Reference: see Two bob's worth, written by Robert Pope and Robert Todonai in collaboration with Mark Balfour, George Cockburn and Trevor J. Douglas
Publishing details: Bonum Research Centre, 1988, 172pp, boxed, signed with an illustration by Robert Pope (a very odd book). Includes index.
Scarvell Jessie 1862 - 1950view full entry
Reference: See Lauraine Diggins Fine Art, In the Spotlight, September 2020 email to clients,
Featured Artist:  Jessie Scarvell
Jessie Scarvell 1862 - 1950
Glenalvon, Murrurundi 1895
oil on canvas
50 x 89 cm
signed lower right: J.E. Scarvell 95
verso: remnants of original framer's label; H W Callan, George St Sydney

Jessie Scarvell was a student of William Lister Lister and exhibited regularly with the Art Society of New South Wales in the 1890s. She was an exponent of Australian Impressionism, painting landscapes and seascapes en plein air. Her paintings depicting bright green sweeping fields against a purple mountainous backdrop were praised by critics of the time.

“Miss J.E. Scarvell in “Wyangerie, the Northern Borderland of New South Wales” (No. 31), successfully treats an expansive foreground of rich pasture covered with high grass, divided only by a belt of distant scrub from the chain of purple cloud-capped hills which bound the horizon. This is one of the best works Miss Scarvell has ever exhibited.” Art Society Review, SMH, 10 October 1896, p.7

Scarvell was selected to be included in the Exhibition of Australian Art in London organised by the Trustees of the Art Gallery of New South Wales and held at Grafton Galleries in September 1898. She was represented by five paintings including (Liverpool Range, Murrurundi, NSW). The exhibition featured 114 artists, including the well-known leaders of the Australian Impressionist movement, Streeton; Roberts; Conder; McCubbin; as well as a number of women artists, whose names have not become as celebrated today.

The subject of Glenalvon, Murrurundi depicts an area Scarvell painted on several occasions, the rural landscape around the mountains of the Liverpool Ranges in the Upper Hunter region of NSW. The pastoral town of Murrurundi is surrounded by mountains, located on the banks of the Pages River, a tributary of the Hunter River and was the terminus of the northern train line from 1872. There is a harmonious use of colour, with the muted soft purples, grey and green of the background contrasted against the brighter green, blue and touches of pink in the foreground. The painterly marks, particularly evident in the depiction of the stream and grassy bank, and the focus point of yellow flowered pasture weed are reminiscent of archetypical Australian Impressionist paintings such as Charles Conder’s Herrick’s Blossom c.1888 and Arthur Streeton’s Golden Summer, Eaglemont 1889.

Scarvell's painting Glenalvon, Murrurundi was included in the Art Society of New South Wales annual exhibition in 1895 and illustrated in the catalogue. It appears to be in its original frame.

A number of paintings by Jessie Scarvell were gifted to the National Trust in 2004 and exhibited at the S. H. Ervin Gallery in 2012, bringing an awareness to this female artist of the Australian Impressionist School and her oeuvre, which appears to have been created over a short period of perhaps six years in the 1890s, prior to her marriage.
Collections include:
Art Gallery of New South Wales
S.H.Ervin Gallery
Hawthorn artistsview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Hawthorn Artists Societyview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Hawthorne Peterview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Winnett Patview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Kiernan Patview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Neeme Gunnarview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Whitely Lawrieview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Dodds Bobview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Barnett Aliceview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Baran Madgeview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Mathias Annview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Bounds Ethneview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Hoey Anneview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Wade Robertview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Ballard Stanview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Sutherland Anneview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Dawborn Annview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Lisner Lilyview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Hellard Kateview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Gough Joanview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Griffiths Royview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Blomquist Peterview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Baran Madgeview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Strachan Barbaraview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Askew Margaretview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Askew Margaretview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Craig Helenview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Brunt Loisview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Moody Phylview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Kaali-Nagy Palmaview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Dobson Andreview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Holt Ivaview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
de Crespigny Johnview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Mogenson Dianaview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Misso Yonaview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Allen Alexview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Stark Margueriteview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Banks-Smith Juneview full entry
Reference: see Images of Hawthorn by Members of Hawthorn Artists Society. Includes 90 illustrations of works by members of the Hawthorn Artists Society. No biographical information but includes comments on many of the works reproduced. A catalogue of 90 works with details on the final 3 pages.
Publishing details: Hawthorn Artists Society, 1987 
90 p. : ill. (some col.),
Colonial artview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Namatjira Keithview full entry
Reference: Sons of Namatjira, documentary film by Curtis Levy. [’SONS OF NAMATJIRA examines the relationship between a community of Aboriginal artists and the outside world. Keith Namatjira is the son of the celebrated artist Albert Namatjira, and emulates his father's distinctive style. He lives with his family in the same camp that his father had established on the outskirts of Alice Springs in Central Australia.
One of Curtis Levy's finest documentaries, SONS OF NAMATJIRA, follows Keith and his wife, Isabel, and other relatives, in their interactions with the wider world including art galleries in town and bus-loads of middle-aged tourists from the big cities. The film highlights communication difficulties between black and white, and in Levy's terms, becomes "a parable of black-white relations in Australia".
Tourists and dealers drive out to the artists' camp to bargain with the artists in person. Keith feels pressured to accept their offers but dreams that one day he will own his own gallery, so that his family can make a decent living from their work. In addition, Keith has other pressures: he has to go to court on a charge of drink-driving, whilst at the same time working with a legal-aid officer on a claim for the land they are living on. He and his family are worried that their land will be swamped by the urban development they can see closing in around them.
This sympathetic portrait of a tiny community of Aboriginal artists is rich in Levy's characteristic humour and sense of irony. It was the last of Levy's films for AIAS before he returned to independent production, and remains one of the Film Unit's most widely seen works.’]
Publishing details: An AIAS Film Unit production - 1975. [a copy of the DVD inserted in Seeing the Centre -The Art of Albert Namatjira by Alison French in the Scheding Library]
Bauer Ferdinandview full entry
Reference: Bauer (Ferdinand).- Brown (Robert) The Miscellaneous Botanical Works, Atlas vol. only, 38 engraved plates, many after Ferdinand Bauer, 11 folding, one trimmed with loss to caption, water-staining to inner margin extending into plate and sometimes just touching edge of image, text loose and frayed at fore-edge, contemporary half roan, very worn and stained, covers becoming loose, folio,
Comprising 10 large folding engraved plates after Bauer for Flinders' Voyage to Terra Australis of 1814, printed from the original copper plates. The remaining plates are mostly from Linnean Transactions, newly engraved, including several of Rafflesia Arnoldii or the Stinking Corpse Lily, the largest flower on earth.’]
Publishing details: Ray Society, 1868.
Ref: 1000
Gill Matthew Tjupurrula (1960 - )view full entry
Reference: Stations of the Cross : an Aboriginal perspective

Publishing details: Balgo Hills, W.A. : [Warlayiri Artists?], 1987. Complete set of prints comprising an illustrated title sheet and 15 individual designs, 280 x 220 mm (sheets), loose as issued, printed in brown, black and red on white artist’s paper; each of the designs has a printed caption beneath the image
Ref: 1000
Hurley Frankview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, catalogue 2.10.20:
An archive of photographs documenting the experience of soldiers of the Australian Imperial Force on the Western Front, 1917-18.
(forty-four) gelatin silver prints in identical format 145 x 200 mm, unmounted; all versos with Frank Hurley’s negative number in pencil, and ten with an additional contemporary manuscript caption in ink (clearly written by an eyewitness) as follows: St. Quentin Canal; Passchendaele Stunt. Duck walk track; 48th Battalion awaiting orders to “Hop” in the Big Drive; Big 15″ gun emplacement – Germans destroyed same when compelled to evacuate; A row of Howitzers of the 105th Battery behind a cut bank near Bray; 4th Division Sports Races. Note the Book Makers; Armoured Cars; The 27th & 28th Battns. having a rest & meal behind the banks before “going in” at Mt. St. Quentin Sept 1 1918; Dead Fritz Machine Gunner & Gun 8 August  ’18; One of the biggest guns captured in the War. Captured by Australians. 15″ destroyed before Fritz evacuated; note that these are copy prints (second-generation photographs) probably created in late 1918 or early 1919 and most likely intended for commercial use; the photographs are in uniformly good condition (a couple of prints with mild creasing, one with rust spots), with some insignificant curling at the edges.
A substantial archive of photographs by Australia’s pre-eminent war photographer, Frank Hurley (1885-1962). Among them are some of Hurley’s most famous images, including his view of Hell Fire Corner on the Menin Road, “the most dangerous place on the Western Front”, and the ruined Cathedral of Ypres, seen from the Cloth Hall, both taken during the 3rd Battle of Ypres in 1917.
From mid 1917 to early September 1918 the Australian photographer and adventurer Frank Hurley, who had already achieved fame for his Antarctic photographs taken on Douglas Mawson’s expedition, served on the Western Front as an official war photographer in the A.I.F. with the honorary rank of captain. His dramatic images vividly capture the carnage and atmosphere in perhaps the most brutalizing theatre of war in the history of human conflict. Hurley’s photographs featured in the exhibition Australian War Pictures and Photographs, staged in London in 1918.

Kahan Louisview full entry
Reference: Adelaide Festival of Arts, March 12-26 1960 : souvenir programme. Including a double-page of colour plates of Louis Kahan’s costume designs for Rigoletto
Publishing details: Adelaide Festival of Arts Executive Committee, 1960. pp 71 [1],
Goodchild John 1898 - 1980view full entry
Reference: In and about Adelaide, illustrated with line drawings by the artist of scenes in Adelaide.
Publishing details: Adelaide : The Hassell Press, 1933. Quarto, illustrated wrappers (by Goodchild), pp. 45,
Ref: 1000
Poochee (or Pochee) Biggingee Sorabjeeview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, catalogue 2.10.20: Studio portrait of a married couple. Ipswich, Queensland, circa 1874, carte de visite format, 102 x 61 mm (mount); verso imprinted ‘Photographed by Biggingee Sorabjee Pochee, Brisbane St. Ipswich’; a strong print with excellent tonality and clarity, in very good condition with a couple of tiny scratches in the image upper right, and a pin hole at top edge margin of mount; verso of mount with small stain.
Davies & Stanbury (Mechanical Eye) list Poochee as active at his Brisbane Street premises between 1874 and 1878. This fine full-length portrait of a married couple – quote possibly German pioneer settlers in the Ipswich district – was probably taken around the beginning of this period.
Biographical notes on the photographer (from Ipswich Libraries):
‘Biggingee Sorabjee Poochee was born in Bombay, India where he opened his first photography business in a studio on Military Square Lane. It is thought that Poochee first made his way to Australia in the early 1860’s upon which he married Mary Ann Williams in Parramatta, New South Wales. He was said to have come to Australia, like many other immigrants of this time, to take advantage of the gold strikes. However, after the initial gold fever had diminshed he and his wife made their way to Queensland where they settled in the then thriving town of Ipswich.
In October of 1863 Poochee established his first photography business in Australia in a studio on the corner of Bell and Union Streets, Ipswich. After only two months Biggingee opened a second studio on January of 1864 in the Bullocks Building on Queen Street, Brisbane. While practising photography in both studios Poochee used the Carte de Visites process, which involved the mounting of photographs onto small postcard sized boards that were often given to family members and friends as mementos. As well as this process Poochee also made use of the sennotype process, which involved the enveloping of two identical albumen photographs together behind glass giving the print a 3D quality. While utilising this process at his Ipswich and Brisbane studios Biggingee suggested that women wear dresses of dark green or red and men wear suits and cravats of grey or black as these colours gave the best quality results within the final print. Poochee often explained in his newspaper adverts that this photography process also gave the subject a softer appearance and the print rarely faded like other processes used at this time.
B. S. Poochee operated out of his Brisbane and Ipswich studios for four years before travelling to Sydney in 1867. After which he then made his way back to Ipswich, where he opened a new studio and gallery on Brisbane Street which later became the premises for F. A. Whitehead Studios. While working in the Ipswich area Poochee introduced a number of new and improved portrait photography processes which became popular with residents. As a photographer in Ipswich he often photographed prominent families and buildings and was also commissioned to produce his most famous work entitled ‘Panorama of Ipswich’ in 1865. At the time this panorama displayed the growth and change occurring in the Ipswich area whilst showcasing some of Ipswich’s most famous landmarks including Gooloowan, Limestone Hill, and the School of Arts building.
Poochee won several awards for the panorama including one presented at the Great Centennial Exhibition in America in 1876 and another presented in 1866 in Melbourne at the Inter-Colonial Exhibition. The Ipswich panorama was later thought to be presented to the Mayor of the time in 1865. As well as his famous panoramic photograph Poochee showed much interest in the buildings of the Ipswich area, including that of the Congregational Church on Brisbane Street (erected in 1871). As a photographer during this time B. S. Poochee’s main role was in producing portraits in and around the area for residents who could afford such a service. Often these portraits featured prominent Ipswich businessmen, families and identities of the time.
While practising and living in the Ipswich area Poochee was also reported to have taught famous Ipswich photographer Francis Whitehead the art of portrait photography who later established Whitehead Studios. Poochee’s studio neighboured the Whitehead family’s Brisbane Street address and Francis was often found in Poochee’s company as a young boy, observing the wonderful photographic process. As well as his photography enterprises Biggingee also had a great interest in the West Moreton area, particularly the Rosewood Scrub/Walloon district. During the 1870’s he became a pioneer sugar cane grower after planting and cultivating two varieties of cane on his 51 hectare property. Poochee was one of the first people to successfully grow cane in the West Moreton district after many attempts were made by local residents. After this success he decided to lease his studio in Ipswich and start a sugar crushing mill in 1871.
In 1877 having exhausted his time in Ipswich Poochee made tracks through regional and remote Queensland where he set up various studios in Dalby, Maryborough, Gayndah, and Townsville. He travelled throughout Queensland until 1882. While visiting these regional towns Poochee was also known to venture from his established studios and travel to more remote and smaller towns taking a small tent and his photography equipment with him. He would then set up his travelling studio and promote his services to residents in the area. After travelling throughout Queensland he made his way south to Parramatta in 1893, where he worked in conjunction with his son Sorabjee Poochee at his studio on Factory Street. He later opened his own studio, Poochee & Son, on Church Street and was said to operate here until 1904, when no more records could be found of his endeavours in Australia. Today Biggingee Sorabjee Poochee lives on through his outstanding representation of the thriving city of Ipswich and its residents. He was a master of his art and he shared this with many people in Queensland.’

Poochee Biggingeeview full entry
Reference: Biggingee Sorabjee Poochee was a Bombay-born photographer, who is said to have been a gaol photographer in India, and who probably came out during the gold rushes. As Bezenjee Sorajee Pochee, he married Mary Ann Williams at Parramatta on 19 February 1861, established a photographic studio in Ipswich in 1863, then in the 1870s grew sugar cane, setting up a mobile photography business throughout regional Queensland in 1877, and established another photographic studio with his son Sorabjee (1863–1923)
in Parramatta around 1893. He now features on a webpage created by Ipswich Libraries (https://www.ipswichlibraries. com.au/biggingee-sorabjee-poochee/).
see Australiana article on the Scheding Index, November, 2020
Boake Barcroft Capel (1838-1921)view full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, catalogue 2.10.20: Studio portrait of a young woman. Sydney, circa 1870.
Albumen print photograph, carte de visite format, 104 x 64 mm (mount); verso with impprint of ‘B. C. Boake. From Freeman Bros. Photographer. 330 George St. Sydney. (over Mr. Jones, Jeweller &c.)’; the print is strong and has good tonal range, and the mount is clean.
An accomplished full-length portrait by Irish-born photographer Barcroft Capel Boake. Boake had established himself as a photographer in Melbourne between 1858 and 1862 before relocating to Sydney, where he worked for Freeman Bros. for several years before once again branching out on his own. His studio at 330 George Street was active 1867-77.

Hermannsburg schoolview full entry
Reference: The Heritage of Albert Namatjira, the watercolourists of Central Australia. ‘The primary reference work on the Hermannsburg school.’
Publishing details: Heinemann, 1992, pp. xxii; 350, illustrated in colour,
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: The Heritage of Albert Namatjira, the watercolourists of Central Australia. ‘The primary reference work on the Hermannsburg school.’
Publishing details: Heinemann, 1992, pp. xxii; 350, illustrated in colour,
Gleeson Jamesview full entry
Reference: James Gleeson. Poems from : Time retrieved : a sequence of poem drawings 1938 – 1978. 18 poems by Gleeson.
[see see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, catalogue 2.10.20: :A rare book of poetry by Gleeson published by the David Jones Art Gallery in Sydney for the group exhibition ‘The painter poet : Three contemporary Australian artists observe the spirit of a time honoured tradition’ which included James Gleeson, Royston Harpur, David Wansbrough and Zhang Yanchang.
No other copy traced.’]


Publishing details: Sydney : David Jones Art Gallery, 1990, A4 sheets, card wrappers lettered ‘James Gleeson’, spiral bound, pp. [44], printed recto only.
Ref: 1000
Mueller O Rview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, catalogue 2.10.20:
Studio portrait of a young family. Bega, New South Wales, circa 1895. Albumen print photograph, cabinet card format, 106 x 165 mm, recto imprinted at right margin ‘O. R. Mueller, Photographer, Bega’; verso blank; the print has lost some contrast but is otherwise in good condition.
Davies & Stanbury (Mechanical Eye) list O. R. Mueller as an active photographer based in Bega, in the hinterland of the far south coast of New South Wales, in the years 1889-1897. Mueller was almost certainly a travelling photographer: he would have taken the rather sad-looking pot plant and the painted canvas backdrop we see in this portrait around the countryside with him in his photographer’s cart.
This sombre portrait probably depicts a family in mourning. The father holds up a photograph (of a deceased child?) and he, his wife and young daughter all avert their solemn gazes away from the camera in reverent contemplation.

French artists in Australiaview full entry
Reference: The French presence in Victoria 1800-1901
An exhibition presented by the Alliance francaise de Melbourne at the Victorian Artists Society to celebrate the 150th Anniversary of Victoria. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Melbourne : Alliance francaise de Melbourne, c1984. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 64, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
McCahon Colinview full entry
Reference: Colin McCahon : the Titirangi years, 1953-59.

Publishing details: Auckland University Press, 2007. Quarto, illustrated gatefold wrappers, pp. 174, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
McCormick Timview full entry
Reference: see First Views of Australia 1788 -1825 - A History of Early Sydney, by Tim McCormick. Includes biographical notes on the artists. The chapters cover: early Sydney & Parramatta; the development of topographic painting; local artists; visiting artists; dating the views; the first Australian printmakers & printers; paper to publishing; printed views of Sydney; governors & ministers. ‘The first book to Comprehensively Document and Catalogue all known views of the First Settlement in Australia.’ [to be indexed thoroughly - the artists with biographies have been indexed]
Publishing details: David Ell Press - Longueville Publications, 1987, hc
Cleburne Margaret Sarahview full entry
Reference: see Gowans auction 19.10.2020 lots 155 - 158
FRAMED PENCIL & SKETCH WATERCOLOUR BY MARGARET SARAH CLEBURNE (INITIALLED MSC) - CLEBURNE FAMILY HOME AT MT DIRECTION EAST RISDON 15CM (H) X 22CM (W)
and
GILT FRAMED OIL PAINTING - MT WELLINGTON OVERLOOKING THE DERWENT 28CM (H) X 21CM (W) - UNSIGNED - BELIEVED TO BE BY MARGARET SARAH CLEBURNE
and
FRAMED OIL PAINTING FROM CLEBURNE EAST RISDON ACROSS THE DERWENT 21CM (H) X 29CM (W) - BELIEVED TO BE BY MARGARET SARAH CLEBURNE - UNSIGNED
and
UNSIGNED WATERCOLOUR WOODVILLE ON THE DERWENT (SOME FOXING) IN MUSK FRAME - ATTRIBUTED TO MARGARET SARAH CLEBURNE - 20CM (H) X 33CM (W)
Thorpe Hallview full entry
Reference: See Joels press release 3 October, 2020 re upcoming sale of work:
HALL THORPE: COLOUR AND
EXPRESSION
Australian born artist John Hall Thorpe (1874 – 1947) learnt the technique of woodblock printing in the early 1890s at the ‘Sydney Mail’, under the apprenticeship of John Fairfax and Sons. It was over the course of nine years that he mastered the technique of wood engraving. Thorpe spoke very highly of these influential years and cherished his time:
“I received, every encouragement in my art, and I have since found the knowledge I gained of wood engraving during my apprenticeship to be of incalculable value”

Hall Thorpe
Piccadilly (London)
Colour woodblock
$600-800
Relocating to London in 1902, Thorpe struggled to gain recognition but made a small start with a handful of drawings for commercial magazines and papers. Thorpe began to paint small personal pieces depicting his new surroundings. During his time living abroad, Thorpe was invited to exhibit at the 1906 Royal Academy’s Colonial Exhibition alongside fellow Australian artists such as Arthur Streeton and Hayley Lever. Thorpe’s breakthrough moment in this exhibition was when he receive a favourable comment from respected art critic Cameille Mauclair, “I knew nothing – of Mr. Hall Thorpe before seeing his works collected here, but from the first glance I felt that I was in the presence of a true artist; that is, one for whom technique has but one mission, one safeguard, and one purpose – the expression of sentiment, which is everything… He paints not merely what he sees, but what he has thought. This is why his art has in it something moving – intimate – and it is perhaps when art speaks to us in a subdued voice that our hearts listen most profoundly”
Once Thorpe’s artwork gained recognition, his whole attitude towards the process went under a complete change. He began to view artworks from an aesthetic point of view, captivating colour, simplification in its expression and shadow no further than essential to form. With this new outlook and take on his technique, Thorpe begun to use new subjects, such as his now renowned floral still lifes, fruit still-lifes, and landscapes. The still life prints portray a variety of rich colours and form, immediately appealing to a broad range of collectors to brighten their homes. Thorpe undertook each step of the printing process himself, from the design through to the publishing proving that his time at the ‘Sydney Mail’ served him well. This is perhaps the reason that he felt no need to limit specific editions.

Hall Thorpe
A Summer Bunch (detail)
Colour woodblock
$1,000-1,500
It was during this time that Thorpe produced ‘A Country Bunch’, at the time the largest woodblock print to be printed in colour with the first printing acquired by the Contemporary Art Society, Australia. This was the first of many of Thorpe’s prints to be acquired by notable collectors and institutions. ‘Three Wise Men’ was added to the print collection of the British Museum in which it is still held. At exhibition, her Majesty the Queen Mary showed appreciation and purchased ‘Anchusa’, a delicate blue flower that Her Majesty was fond of.
His artworks feel like a walk through a familiar garden, the colour is consistent and considered with an emphasis on the pure joyousness of fresh colour. Hall Thorpe is now a widely collected printmaker on a global scale. I am delighted to invite you to view our recently consigned collection of Hall Thorpe woodblock prints featured in the November Prints and Multiples auction.
HANNAH RYAN / Prints & Multiples Manager
October 2020
Spark Jane ?view full entry
Reference: see Woodlands Auctions
October 4, 2020, 10:30 AM AEDT
Ocean Grove , Australia, lot 639:
Late C19th Oil on Canvas of cattle in meadow scene, Melbourne canvas & purchased from Tasmania Estate in original gilded frame 50 x 75 cm signed lower right Jane Spark?
Adamson Una Duncanview full entry
Reference: see Dukes auction, UK, 09 Oct 2020 10:30 BST, lot 50:
UNA DUNCAN ADAMSON (d. 1968) Mountainous landscape scene signed and dated 1928 lower left, watercolour, 43cm x 28cm. Una Duncan Adamson was born in Manchester and educated at Park School Glasgow. She attended Edinburgh School of Art, worked under Douglas Strachan and received 1st prize in stained glass. She designed and executed windows in Edinburgh, Winchester, Australia and Kircudbrightshire amongst others. She also worked in watercolour and exhibited at the Royal Academy, Royal Scottish Water Colour Society and the Walker Gallery in Liverpool. Her embroidered panels won a silver medal in the Paris Exhibition of Arts and Crafts in 1924. She lived at 100 Handside Lane and died in 1968.
Nicholas Hilda Rix - Sheep Market Tangiers 1914view full entry
Reference: see Joels auction, Women Artists, October 21, 2020, lot 12:
Description
HILDA RIX NICHOLAS (1884-1961)
The Sheep Market, Tangier 1914
oil on canvas on board
signed lower left: EHRix
47.5 x 57.5cm

PROVENANCE:
Dr J. P. Rasmussen OAM
Thence by descent
Private collection, New South Wales

EXHIBITIONS:
Robyn Brady Pty Ltd, Loan Exhibition, Woollahra, Sydney 1989 (label verso)
Hilda Rix Nicholas 1884-1961, Ian Potter Gallery, University of Melbourne, Melbourne, 20 Sept-27 Oct 1990
A Private Collection: A Century of Australian Heritage, SH Ervin Gallery, Sydney, 20 June-21 July 1991
Capturing the Orient: Hilda Rix Nicholas and Ethel Carrick in the East, Waverley City Gallery, Melbourne, 16 July-29 August 1993 (label verso), then toured to:
Perc Tucker Regional Gallery, Townsville 1993
Gold Coast Art Centre, Surfers Paradise 1993
Tasmanian Museum & Art Gallery, Hobart 1994
SH Ervin Gallery, Sydney 1994
UNE Australienne: Hilda Rix Nicholas in Paris, Tangier and Sydney - Mosman Art Gallery, Sydney 3 May-13 July 2014 (p. 35, exhibition catalogue)

LITERATURE:
The Art of Hilda Rix Nicholas, Anthony Hordern & Sons Ltd., with Bertram Stevens, Sydney 1919
Pigot, J., Hilda Rix Nicholas: Her Life and Art, The Miegunyah Press, Melbourne, 2000, p. 44, pl. 10

OTHER NOTES:
Establishing success early in her career, Ballarat born Hilda Rix Nicholas exhibited locally in Melbourne at The Austral Salon and at the Victorian Artists' Society, while studying under Frederick McCubbin. Always with a sketchbook nearby, Hilda's early works began in illustration and drawing. Her portraits were often of subjects chosen at random, her linework masterful, and her confident handling evident from these early years. This talent and intuition for recognising subject matter in the streets would remain with her in the ensuing decades.

The Rix family arrived in London in 1907 before continuing on to the epicentre of artistic culture - Paris. Women's access to academic exhibitions and art societies contributed to an avant-garde Parisian society where being a woman artist was not wholly obstructive. Hilda continued her talents in portraiture studying under Auguste Delecluse, but found his use of colour uninspiring. After her Christmas holiday in Rouen, Hilda returned to Paris and then began her studies under Richard Miller, an American painter immersed in Impressionism and its evanescent images of light, texture, and imaginative colour. Hilda had arrived in Paris with Australian colours at the forefront, but soon discovered the delicious palette and design of French Impressionism under Miller.

Hilda Rix was further inspired in 1912 when she made her first visit to Morocco. Her trips here satiated her interest in both orientalism and the inspiration found on the street. Visiting markets and town squares, she produced a series of sketches and several energetic oils that remain some of her most accomplished works. Working with a quick hand, Rix captured the exotic architecture, rich textiles, bold colours, and majestic light of Morocco - sometimes in a matter of minutes. As with many before and alongside her, Rix was in search of the exotic, the magic of the East, and she certainly found it.
Describing her first impressions of Tangier, Hilda commented: "So much like an extraordinary beautiful dream that I'm afraid to wake up in the morning and find it all gone…it is more splendid than I thought a great great deal. There is such quantity and richness of wonderful picturesqueness every way one turns the head there is a new picture."
Hilda's fascination with the Orient was shared by many in Europe. Romantic conceptions of these far away lands consumed the tastes of the day, developing an oriental paraphernalia. The Westernised nature of Tangier cemented its popularity with foreign visitors, especially artists. Although Hilda had travelled to the mountains into the "real Morocco", she was confident of her own safety and used her privilege to her advantage while working in the public places of Tangier. In some instances, Hilda's subjects were won over by her, happy to play along as her muse, and other times uninterested, their bodies and heads seen from behind.
Hilda had always been attracted to clothing, and she was fascinated by the array of colours, textures, and patterns exposed to her in Morocco. Her quick handling of paint, however, meant that the intricate details of pattern could not always be fully shown. Instead, she emphasised the rich design and colours of the cloth in perfect harmony and with skilled restraint. In Sheep Market, Tangier 1914, Hilda has cleverly foregone a focus on character for design. She contrasts the warm yellows, creams, oranges and pinks of the figures, against the cooler blue, violet, and grey shadows of the architecture. The painting in its entirety, however, displays the radiant effects of the Moroccan sunlight.
From their first exhibition in Paris to further showings back in Australia, Hilda's Moroccan work was praised. Her depictions of the Orient did not challenge the colonialist perspective, but her works were recognisably different - a livelier and more vibrant depiction of such scenes than the more conventional depictions before her. In 1919, fellow woman artist Grace Cossington Smith viewed her works in a Sydney exhibition, commenting:
"There has been a stunning exhibition here…I went to see it three or four times…a huge room at Anthony Hordern's full of them - very coloured - scenes of Morocco - and people, dresses - all sunny - but the most astonishing thing was the life in them: the people really had expressions, not just a painted thing."
Whilst Hilda Rix is commonly discussed as an artist who comfortably stayed between traditionalism and modernism, her Moroccan works traversed new ground for, not only Australian female artists, but artists of the early 20th Century. Although she studied the work of others, she was her own woman, forging her own distinct path that has more recently been recognised for its immense impact on Australian art history.

Olivia Fuller
Head of Art
Sweatman Joview full entry
Reference: see Joels auction, Women Artists, October 21, 2020, lot 3:
JO SWEATMAN (1872-1956)
Still Life (Pink Poppies)
oil on canvas
signed lower right: Jo Sweatman
49.5 x 39.5cm

PROVENANCE:
Private collection, Melbourne
Thence by descent

OTHER NOTES:
Jo was an important figure of her time and she spent her early years studying under Bernard Hall and Frederick McCubbin at the National Gallery School. She was involved in the Victorian Artists' Society, but her increasing support for Max Meldrum and the tonalist school led her to be ousted from the group along with her friend and fellow artist A.M.E. Bale. She was also heavily involved in the development of the artist community of Warrandyte in Melbourne, and in her later years, built her home next door to Clara Southern.
Higgs Florenceview full entry
Reference: see Joels auction, Women Artists, October 21, 2020, lot 9:
FLORENCE HIGGS (1918 – 2006)
Golden Cockerel 1956
linocut ed. 9/18
titled, editioned, and signed below image
28 x 20.5cm

and lot 42:
FLORENCE HIGGS (1918 – 2006)
City Church c.1955
linocut ed. 28/30
titled, editioned, and signed below image
30.5 x 18.5cm

OTHER NOTES:
Florence Higgs is an example of a female artist who has sadly disappeared from much of the dialogue surrounding Australian art history, and there is very little information available about her. She trained as an art teacher at the Royal Melbourne Technical College. It is known that she later moved to England where she studied lithography at the Central School of Art and Design in London. Her works remain an important part of 1950's printmaking in Australia and many of her works are held by the National Gallery of Australia, Canberra.
Hunter Nada 1918-2005view full entry
Reference: see Joels auction, Women Artists, October 21, 2020, lot 11:
NADA HUNTER (1918-2005)
Boat Harbour, Mallorca
oil on canvas laid on board
28 x 44cm

PROVENANCE:
The Artist's Estate
Bridget McDonnell Gallery, Melbourne
Private collection, Melbourne

EXHIBITIONS:
Nada Hunter: Paintings, Watercolours and Screenprints from the Artist's Estate, Bridget McDonnell Gallery, Hampton, 1 November 2008
Payne Frances 1885-1975view full entry
Reference: see Joels auction, Women Artists, October 21, 2020, lot 23:
FRANCES PAYNE (1885-1975)
Girl Reading by a Window 1927
oil on panel
double sided
signed and dated lower right: Frank Payne/ 27
35.5 x 20cm

PROVENANCE:
Lawson~Menzies, Sydney, 29 October 2003, lot 91
Private collection, Sydney


OTHER NOTES:
Affectionately known as 'Frank', Frances Payne was an artist and illustrator who became known for her intimate depictions of children in relaxed settings. Throughout her early years, she spent time in Paris and Europe, studying extensively during this time before returning home in 1907. Following her divorce in 1928, she supported herself and her children with part time illustration work and was by all accounts, a fiercely independent woman. Among her friends were other prominent artists including Jessie Traill and Ethel Carrick Fox and she assisted in the advancement of younger artist's careers, including Daphne Mayo. Literature on Frances and her life is scarce, and she is a classic example of a forgotten female artist.
Crombie Peggy 1901-1984view full entry
Reference: see Joels auction, Women Artists, October 21, 2020, lot 26:
PEGGY CROMBIE (1901-1984)
A Mining Quarry c. 1920's
oil on panel
signed lower right: P. Crombie
24.5 x 31.5cm

PROVENANCE:
Private collection, Melbourne

OTHER NOTES:
This work holds the characteristics of Peggy's earlier works, during her time at the National Gallery School from 1922-1928. Her early work was often dark and monochromatic, influenced by the training under Bernard Hall. It was not until she became involved in Melbourne's Modernist Art scene in the 1930's, that more vibrancy and colour was introduced into her compositions. 
Brash Barbara 1925-1998view full entry
Reference: see Joels auction, Women Artists, October 21, 2020, lot 30:
BARBARA BRASH (1925-1998)
Harbour 1954
linocut ed. 5/20
signed and dated lower right: Barbara Brash 54
titled and editioned lower left
25 x 28cm

PROVENANCE:
Private collection, Melbourne

OTHER NOTES:
Barbara enrolled in the National Gallery School in 1946 and was taught by Alan Sumner, one of the first modernist teachers and a pioneering screenprinter. She also enrolled and spent time at the George Bell School where she met artist Dorothy Braund. The pair were to remain lifelong friends, and travelled to Europe together in the late 1940's, before Brash returned to Melbourne in 1951. In the early 50's Brash became heavily involved with the printmaking scene in Melbourne and joined groups with other artists including Mary Macqueen and Lesbia Thorpe. This earlier linocut work was made in the artist's late 20's and reflects her preoccupation with the linocut method of printing and a style deeply rooted in classical Modernism. It was not until later in her career that she moved towards a more abstract subject way of working and adopted the screenprint and later, digital printing. 

Related work:
Harbour 1954, gouache on paper, National Gallery of Australia, Canberra

Examples of this print are held in the collections of the National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne, and the National Gallery of Australia, Canberra.
Snaith Tai b1980view full entry
Reference: see Joels auction, Women Artists, October 21, 2020, lot 35A:
TAI SNAITH (born 1980)
Portrait of a Sunday Painter 2015
ink and gouache on board
signed, titled, and dated verso: Tai Snaith/ PORTRAIT OF A SUNDAY PAINTER/ 2015
50.5 x 40.5cm

EXHIBITIONS:
Portrait of a Sunday Painter, Bus Projects, Melbourne, 29 April - 16 May 2015

OTHER NOTES:
This work is from a suite of 18 portraits of a fictional artist called Giogia de Vivre, from an imagined point in future history.
Giogia de Vivre painted for the love of it, but not without seriousness or meaning. She was a true amateur in that she cared little for the hierarchy of the art world and only ever followed her own instincts. Not unlike many female painters today who feel isolated from the art canon and at the same time exploited and marginalised by lifestyle trends (design blogs and fashion magazines) her paintings were constantly referred to as illustration or 'interior decoration' – making her work and life more relevant than ever before. Although she (de Vivre) was relatively unknown during her lifetime, she was celebrated by the art world retrospectively, after her death. For this project, Tai Snaith collects rare snippets of research of the artist's life to paint the picture of a forgotten and inspiring woman ahead of her time.
Rowell Eugenieview full entry
Reference: see Joels auction, Women Artists, October 21, 2020, lot 45:
EUGENIE ROWELL (1889-1989)
In the Islands
oil on board
signed lower left: Eugenie Rowell.
titled on handwritten label verso
30.5 x 31.5cm

PROVENANCE:
The Estate of Kenneth Jack
Thence by descent
Traill Jessieview full entry
Reference: see Joels auction, Women Artists, October 21, 2020, lot 61:
JESSIE TRAILL (1881-1967)
Trinity Church Oslo - Norway 1939
watercolour on paper
signed and dated lower right: JCA Traill/ July 1939
20.5 x 30.5cm

PROVENANCE:
Estate of Anne Montgomery
Thence by descent

OTHER NOTES:
Jessie first visited Norway and Sweden in 1937 on a motoring trip. Whilst she returned to England where she was staying with Mrs Bell Robertson, she writes an essay titled 'Pictures of Norway' in June 1939, and eventually revisited Norway in the early 1940's.

"Jessie was an active participant in Melbourne's vibrant art and arts and crafts scene in the 1910s and 1920s, she was associated with similarly independent and adventurous women throughout her life, including Anne Montgomery. With these companions she worked in her studio, traversed Australia and Europe and exchanged ideas on art with enthusiastic fervour." National Gallery of Australia, Canberra, 'Stars in the River: The Prints of Jessie Traill"
Parsons Elizabeth 1831-1897view full entry
Reference: see Joels auction, Women Artists, October 21, 2020, lot 62-4:
ELIZABETH PARSONS (1831-1897)
Botanical Studies (Lobelia Gibbosa, Isotoma Axillaris, Prostanthera Walteri, Stylidium Graminifolium)
watercolour and pencil on paper
signed lower right: E. Parsons
25 x 35cm

Botanical Studies (Blue Bells, Boronia Serrulata, Boronia Pinnata, Waitzia Acuminata, Helipterum Roseum)
watercolour and pencil on paper
signed lower centre: E. Parsons
25.5 x 36cm

Botanical Studies (Lechenaultia Biloba, Blue Tinsel Lily)
watercolour, pencil and gouache on paper
signed lower right: E. Parsons
24.5 x 35cm

PROVENANCE:
Melbourne Fine Art Gallery, Melbourne 1993
Private collection, Melbourne
Mackintosh Jessie Macqueen 1892-1957view full entry
Reference: see Joels auction, Women Artists, October 21, 2020, 3 lots including:
JESSIE MACQUEEN MACKINTOSH (1892-1957)
Fitzroy Gardens
watercolour and ink on paper
signed lower left: JESSIE/ MACKINTOSH
titled lower right
16.5 x 21.5cm

JESSIE MACQUEEN MACKINTOSH (1892-1957)
Boats at Kew
oil on canvas
37.5 x 47cm

PROVENANCE:
Lauraine Diggins Fine Art, Melbourne (label verso)
Lawsons, Sydney, 26 March 1991, lot 117
Private collection, Melbourne

EXHIBITIONS:
Jessie Mackintosh Retrospective, Jim Alexander Galleries, Melbourne

JESSIE MACQUEEN MACKINTOSH (1892-1957)
Still Life
oil on canvasboard
signed lower right: JESSIE/MACKINTOSH
18 x 23cm

PROVENANCE:
Private collection, Melbourne

Kerry Charles (1858 -1928)view full entry
Reference: see Seefeld, Schneider-Henn Germany, auction, Friday 06 Nov., 2020, lot 1240:
Charles Henry Kerry, 1857 1928
Australia, 12 photographs, albumin, c. 1891 Embossed in each case: Kerry & Jones / 308 George Street / Sidney; the partnership ended in the early 1890s, then studio name Kerry and Co
Motifs: Landscape, also with settlements, as well as storage, drying and transport of the tobacco harvest
Mounted in original Ldr.Album Photographs, ca. 15:20 cm, additional panoramic view of the West Australian town of Albany, founded 1826
Further the album contains among others 30 photographs (albumin) Italian views, mostly with studio address Giorgio Sommer (1834-1914), partly dated ca. 1880, five photographs by Alfred Noack (1833-1914), one photograph spotted, ca. 20:25 cm
Salter Edward (fl. 1876-1902)
view full entry
Reference: see Leonard Joel
November 2, 2020, Sydney, Australia
EDWARD SALTER (fl. 1876-1902)
Australian Red Winged Wren
oil on paper
signed lower left 'SALTER'.
22 x 18cm

OTHER NOTES:
Edward Salter was a painter at the Royal Worcester Porcelain Works.
Dimensions
22 x 18cm
Read Richard Jrview full entry
Reference: see Leonard Joel, November 2, 2020, Sydney, Australia, lot 1250:
RICHARD READ JNR (1796-1862)
Portrait of a lady
pencil and watercolour
signed "R. Read Pinxt 1832" lower right
24 x 19cm

PROVENANCE:
The Ruth Simon Collection
privately acquired from the above in 2005

OTHER NOTES:
Richard Read junior arrived in Sydney from London in November 1819 and by March 1821 he was advertising in the Sydney Gazette as a 'Miniature, Portrait and Historical Painter' operating from premises at 59 Pitt Street. He also advertised his services as a teacher, and offered for sale 'a most elegant collection of drawings consisting of Natives of New Zealand and New South Wales, Views, Flowers, etc.'. He styled himself 'Read junior', noting that patrons 'be particular to observe that R.R. jun. has no connexion whatever with any other person in the same profession', not wishing to be tainted by association with the other artist Richard Read in Sydney - his convict father.
Gordon-Cumming Constance Frederika 1837-1924view full entry
Reference: see Bonhams Edinburgh, 14 Oct 2020, lot 153:
Constance Frederica Gordon Cumming (Australian, 1837-1924)
Gordonstoun, Elgin
Titled and signed, watercolour
22 x 33cm (8 11/16 x 13in).
Footnotes:
Gordonstoun, the well-known public school was formerly the home of the Gordon-Cumming family.
For further information on this lot visit Bonhams.com
Bonhams have also sold:
CONSTANCE FREDERICA GORDON CUMMING (AUSTRALIAN, 1837-1924)
Nananu, Fiji
signed and inscribed, watercolour with traces of pencil, unframed, 28.5 x 42 cm. (11 1/4 x 16.5 in.) Together with another of Fiji, possibly by another hand (2)
and
CONSTANCE FREDERICA GORDON CUMMING (AUSTRALIAN, 1837-1924)
Panoramic view of Nagasaki, Japan
signed and inscribed 'Nagasaki/Japan/C. F. Gordon Cumming' (lower left), pencil and watercolour
37 x 58.5cm (14 9/16 x 23 1/16in).
Footnotes
PROVENANCE:
By family descent from G. G. Baker-Cresswell, Northumberland, nephew of the artist
With Martyn Gregory, London

EXHIBITED:
London, Martyn Gregory, The Art of the China Trade, 2010-2011, no. 127
Drew Markview full entry
Reference: see Stolen Space Gallery, London:
MARK DREW

Based in Japan since 2009, Australian graphic artist Mark Drew has curated a signature style of remixing rap quotes over Peanuts paintings. This intriguing cross-over culminates into a feeling of nostalgia.
 
‘Up until around the mid 1990s, the hip hop music I mainly listen to was built on samples from old soul, rock and R’N’B records. The producers of this music often say it came directly from their parents collection, and things they heard in the house growing up. Hip hop is competitive, but the best of it still pays homage to the past. The series I’m making now is a way of producing artwork in the same way, visually sampling/commemorating my parents collection and interest, and what would also become something special for me.’ – Mark Drew, 2019.
The comic strip style of the original comics still shines through Mark Drew’s nostalgic paintings. The signature ‘speech bubble’ now prominently displays samples that pay homage to Drew’s own past experience with music growing up. Drew also utilises a stripped back, bold colour palette that references back to the Charlie Brown comic.
Heyman Rob view full entry
Reference: see BAMFORDS AUCTIONEERS & VALUERS, 14 Nov 2020, Derby, Derbyshire, UK, lots 46 and 47:
Rob Heyman-Dancing Dust Dancing In The Dust. Part of a project on the resilience and fortitude of the Australian farmer. Photo: Rob Heyman
and
Rob Heyman-Liquid Gold Liquid Gold. After years of another Australian drought, a welcome relief. Photo: Rob Heyman

See options

Heysen Hansview full entry
Reference: see Coral Gables Auction, Miami, FL, USA, 12 October, 2020, lots 1 and 2:
Hans Heysen (1877 - 1968) German Australian artist. Watercolor on Paper. Measure 21 1/2"in H x 14 1/2"in W and 32"in H x 24"in W with frame. Wilhelm Ernst Hans Franz Heysen was born in Hamburg, Germany. He migrated to Adelaide in South Australia with his family in 1884 at the age of 7. As a young boy Heysen showed an early interest in art. At 14 he left school to work with a hardware merchant, later studying art during nights at Art School in his spare time, under James Ashton. I have joined the Adelaide Easel Club in 1897 and was immediately recognized as a rising talent. At age 20 he was sponsored by a group of wealthy Adelaide art enthusiasts HH Wigg and brothers-in-law WL Davidson, and FA Joyner, and miner Charles Henry de Rose to study art for four years in France By 1912 Hans Heysen had earned enough from his art to purchase a property called "The Cedars" near Hahndorf in the Adelaide Hills, which remained as his home until his death in 1968 aged 90. Hans Heysen is best remembered for his remarkable paintings depicting sheep and cattle among massive gum trees against a background of stunning atmospheric effects of light.
and
Hans Heysen (1877 - 1968) German Australian artist. Watercolor on Paper. Measure 21 1/2"in H x 14 1/2"in W and 32"in H x 24"in W with frame.
Keepers of the Flameview full entry
Reference: Keepers of the Flame - The Legacy of Murch and Miksevicius (Arthur Murch and Jurgis Miksevicius), exhibition 3 May - 9 June, 2019.
Publishing details: Manly Art Gallery, 2019, catalogue details yet to be included)
Ref: 1009
Murch Arthurview full entry
Reference: see Keepers of the Flame - The Legacy of Murch and Miksevicius (Arthur Murch and Jurgis Miksevicius), exhibition 3 May - 9 June, 2019.
Publishing details: Manly Art Gallery, 2019, catalogue details yet to be included)
Miya Studioview full entry
Reference: see Lure of the Sun - Charles Blackman in Queensland [’Charles Blackman (1928-) is a major mid-twentieth-century artist who has had an important link with Queensland since his first visit to Brisbane in 1948. Here, he was influenced by Sidney Nolan and became acquainted with the young artists of the Miya Studio, especially Laurence Hope. Several of his important series - 'Alice', 'Face and flowers' and 'Schoolgirls' - were inspired by this context. He also had a significant working relationship with the expressionist painter Jon Molvig, who was working in Brisbane from 1953. This exhibition and publication explores the connections between these artists in Brisbane at that time. Richly illustrated, the publication features three essays; Michael Hawker (Associate Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA) explores Blackman's years in Queensland, focusing on the artist's creative friendships with painters and poets; Michele Helmrich (Associate Director, Curatorial, University of Queensland Art Museum) discusses Blackman's connection with the young artists of the Brisbane-based Miya Studio and the Barjai writers; and Anne Carter (Conservator, Paintings, QAGOMA) reveals the findings of recent research into Blackman's materials and techniques, specifically the artist's experimentation with house paints.’]
Publishing details: QAG, 2015, hc, 102pp
Molvig Jonview full entry
Reference: see Lure of the Sun - Charles Blackman in Queensland [’Charles Blackman (1928-) is a major mid-twentieth-century artist who has had an important link with Queensland since his first visit to Brisbane in 1948. Here, he was influenced by Sidney Nolan and became acquainted with the young artists of the Miya Studio, especially Laurence Hope. Several of his important series - 'Alice', 'Face and flowers' and 'Schoolgirls' - were inspired by this context. He also had a significant working relationship with the expressionist painter Jon Molvig, who was working in Brisbane from 1953. This exhibition and publication explores the connections between these artists in Brisbane at that time. Richly illustrated, the publication features three essays; Michael Hawker (Associate Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA) explores Blackman's years in Queensland, focusing on the artist's creative friendships with painters and poets; Michele Helmrich (Associate Director, Curatorial, University of Queensland Art Museum) discusses Blackman's connection with the young artists of the Brisbane-based Miya Studio and the Barjai writers; and Anne Carter (Conservator, Paintings, QAGOMA) reveals the findings of recent research into Blackman's materials and techniques, specifically the artist's experimentation with house paints.’]
Publishing details: QAG, 2015, hc, 102pp
Hope Laurenceview full entry
Reference: see Lure of the Sun - Charles Blackman in Queensland [’Charles Blackman (1928-) is a major mid-twentieth-century artist who has had an important link with Queensland since his first visit to Brisbane in 1948. Here, he was influenced by Sidney Nolan and became acquainted with the young artists of the Miya Studio, especially Laurence Hope. Several of his important series - 'Alice', 'Face and flowers' and 'Schoolgirls' - were inspired by this context. He also had a significant working relationship with the expressionist painter Jon Molvig, who was working in Brisbane from 1953. This exhibition and publication explores the connections between these artists in Brisbane at that time. Richly illustrated, the publication features three essays; Michael Hawker (Associate Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA) explores Blackman's years in Queensland, focusing on the artist's creative friendships with painters and poets; Michele Helmrich (Associate Director, Curatorial, University of Queensland Art Museum) discusses Blackman's connection with the young artists of the Brisbane-based Miya Studio and the Barjai writers; and Anne Carter (Conservator, Paintings, QAGOMA) reveals the findings of recent research into Blackman's materials and techniques, specifically the artist's experimentation with house paints.’]
Publishing details: QAG, 2015, hc, 102pp
Collinson Laurenceview full entry
Reference: see Lure of the Sun - Charles Blackman in Queensland [’Charles Blackman (1928-) is a major mid-twentieth-century artist who has had an important link with Queensland since his first visit to Brisbane in 1948. Here, he was influenced by Sidney Nolan and became acquainted with the young artists of the Miya Studio, especially Laurence Hope. Several of his important series - 'Alice', 'Face and flowers' and 'Schoolgirls' - were inspired by this context. He also had a significant working relationship with the expressionist painter Jon Molvig, who was working in Brisbane from 1953. This exhibition and publication explores the connections between these artists in Brisbane at that time. Richly illustrated, the publication features three essays; Michael Hawker (Associate Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA) explores Blackman's years in Queensland, focusing on the artist's creative friendships with painters and poets; Michele Helmrich (Associate Director, Curatorial, University of Queensland Art Museum) discusses Blackman's connection with the young artists of the Brisbane-based Miya Studio and the Barjai writers; and Anne Carter (Conservator, Paintings, QAGOMA) reveals the findings of recent research into Blackman's materials and techniques, specifically the artist's experimentation with house paints.’]
Publishing details: QAG, 2015, hc, 102pp
Queensland artview full entry
Reference: see Lure of the Sun - Charles Blackman in Queensland [’Charles Blackman (1928-) is a major mid-twentieth-century artist who has had an important link with Queensland since his first visit to Brisbane in 1948. Here, he was influenced by Sidney Nolan and became acquainted with the young artists of the Miya Studio, especially Laurence Hope. Several of his important series - 'Alice', 'Face and flowers' and 'Schoolgirls' - were inspired by this context. He also had a significant working relationship with the expressionist painter Jon Molvig, who was working in Brisbane from 1953. This exhibition and publication explores the connections between these artists in Brisbane at that time. Richly illustrated, the publication features three essays; Michael Hawker (Associate Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA) explores Blackman's years in Queensland, focusing on the artist's creative friendships with painters and poets; Michele Helmrich (Associate Director, Curatorial, University of Queensland Art Museum) discusses Blackman's connection with the young artists of the Brisbane-based Miya Studio and the Barjai writers; and Anne Carter (Conservator, Paintings, QAGOMA) reveals the findings of recent research into Blackman's materials and techniques, specifically the artist's experimentation with house paints.’]
Publishing details: QAG, 2015, hc, 102pp
New Romance Artview full entry
Reference: New romance : art and the posthuman, by Anna Davis and Houngcheol Choi. Includes artists’ biographies. [’New Romance: art and the posthuman brings together artists from Australia and Korea whose works encourage us to ask what it means to be human today, and what it might mean in the future. Drawing inspiration from science fiction, robotics, biotechnology, consumer products and social media, they offer experiences that raise questions around the idea of the posthuman; a concept that signals new understandings of humanity and a breakdown of boundaries between what we think of as natural and artificial. Born across five decades, from the 1940s to the 1980s, the artists employ an eclectic array of technologies in their works. These technologies range from the highly specialised to the mass-produced and are used to create everything from crossbred cacti and LED books to dancing robots and a pneumatically powered blender designed to mix human biomaterials. The thread linking these diverse artworks is an exploration of new kinds of encounters, not only among technologically connected humans but also between so-called intelligent objects, plants, animals and all manner of hybrid entities. The artists also reflect on issues such as hyper-consumerism and alternative futures; inviting us to consider how our relationship with the natural world is changing, through our increased ability to alter our environment and through the threat of ecological apocalypse. Several of the artists take on the role of inventor or even mad scientist; experimenting with living organisms, building strange machines and constructing artificial worlds. Some investigate how our emotions are triggered when interacting with kinetic objects, while others try to see the world from a nonhuman perspective. Raising more questions than answers, their curious and inventive works make us wonder what the future may hold.’]
Publishing details: Museum of Contemporary Art Australia in patnership with National Museum of Modern and Contemporary Art, Korea, [2016] 
203 pages : colour illustrations
Ref: 216
Baumann Rebeccaview full entry
Reference: see New romance : art and the posthuman, by Anna Davis and Houngcheol Choi. [Includes artists’ biographies. [’New Romance: art and the posthuman brings together artists from Australia and Korea whose works encourage us to ask what it means to be human today, and what it might mean in the future. Drawing inspiration from science fiction, robotics, biotechnology, consumer products and social media, they offer experiences that raise questions around the idea of the posthuman; a concept that signals new understandings of humanity and a breakdown of boundaries between what we think of as natural and artificial. Born across five decades, from the 1940s to the 1980s, the artists employ an eclectic array of technologies in their works. These technologies range from the highly specialised to the mass-produced and are used to create everything from crossbred cacti and LED books to dancing robots and a pneumatically powered blender designed to mix human biomaterials. The thread linking these diverse artworks is an exploration of new kinds of encounters, not only among technologically connected humans but also between so-called intelligent objects, plants, animals and all manner of hybrid entities. The artists also reflect on issues such as hyper-consumerism and alternative futures; inviting us to consider how our relationship with the natural world is changing, through our increased ability to alter our environment and through the threat of ecological apocalypse. Several of the artists take on the role of inventor or even mad scientist; experimenting with living organisms, building strange machines and constructing artificial worlds. Some investigate how our emotions are triggered when interacting with kinetic objects, while others try to see the world from a nonhuman perspective. Raising more questions than answers, their curious and inventive works make us wonder what the future may hold.’]
Publishing details: Museum of Contemporary Art Australia in patnership with National Museum of Modern and Contemporary Art, Korea, [2016] 
203 pages : colour illustrations
Burns Ian b1964view full entry
Reference: see New romance : art and the posthuman, by Anna Davis and Houngcheol Choi. [Includes artists’ biographies. [’New Romance: art and the posthuman brings together artists from Australia and Korea whose works encourage us to ask what it means to be human today, and what it might mean in the future. Drawing inspiration from science fiction, robotics, biotechnology, consumer products and social media, they offer experiences that raise questions around the idea of the posthuman; a concept that signals new understandings of humanity and a breakdown of boundaries between what we think of as natural and artificial. Born across five decades, from the 1940s to the 1980s, the artists employ an eclectic array of technologies in their works. These technologies range from the highly specialised to the mass-produced and are used to create everything from crossbred cacti and LED books to dancing robots and a pneumatically powered blender designed to mix human biomaterials. The thread linking these diverse artworks is an exploration of new kinds of encounters, not only among technologically connected humans but also between so-called intelligent objects, plants, animals and all manner of hybrid entities. The artists also reflect on issues such as hyper-consumerism and alternative futures; inviting us to consider how our relationship with the natural world is changing, through our increased ability to alter our environment and through the threat of ecological apocalypse. Several of the artists take on the role of inventor or even mad scientist; experimenting with living organisms, building strange machines and constructing artificial worlds. Some investigate how our emotions are triggered when interacting with kinetic objects, while others try to see the world from a nonhuman perspective. Raising more questions than answers, their curious and inventive works make us wonder what the future may hold.’]
Publishing details: Museum of Contemporary Art Australia in patnership with National Museum of Modern and Contemporary Art, Korea, [2016] 
203 pages : colour illustrations
Fowler Hayden b1973view full entry
Reference: see New romance : art and the posthuman, by Anna Davis and Houngcheol Choi. [Includes artists’ biographies. [’New Romance: art and the posthuman brings together artists from Australia and Korea whose works encourage us to ask what it means to be human today, and what it might mean in the future. Drawing inspiration from science fiction, robotics, biotechnology, consumer products and social media, they offer experiences that raise questions around the idea of the posthuman; a concept that signals new understandings of humanity and a breakdown of boundaries between what we think of as natural and artificial. Born across five decades, from the 1940s to the 1980s, the artists employ an eclectic array of technologies in their works. These technologies range from the highly specialised to the mass-produced and are used to create everything from crossbred cacti and LED books to dancing robots and a pneumatically powered blender designed to mix human biomaterials. The thread linking these diverse artworks is an exploration of new kinds of encounters, not only among technologically connected humans but also between so-called intelligent objects, plants, animals and all manner of hybrid entities. The artists also reflect on issues such as hyper-consumerism and alternative futures; inviting us to consider how our relationship with the natural world is changing, through our increased ability to alter our environment and through the threat of ecological apocalypse. Several of the artists take on the role of inventor or even mad scientist; experimenting with living organisms, building strange machines and constructing artificial worlds. Some investigate how our emotions are triggered when interacting with kinetic objects, while others try to see the world from a nonhuman perspective. Raising more questions than answers, their curious and inventive works make us wonder what the future may hold.’]
Publishing details: Museum of Contemporary Art Australia in patnership with National Museum of Modern and Contemporary Art, Korea, [2016] 
203 pages : colour illustrations
Marynowsky Wade view full entry
Reference: see New romance : art and the posthuman, by Anna Davis and Houngcheol Choi. [Includes artists’ biographies. [’New Romance: art and the posthuman brings together artists from Australia and Korea whose works encourage us to ask what it means to be human today, and what it might mean in the future. Drawing inspiration from science fiction, robotics, biotechnology, consumer products and social media, they offer experiences that raise questions around the idea of the posthuman; a concept that signals new understandings of humanity and a breakdown of boundaries between what we think of as natural and artificial. Born across five decades, from the 1940s to the 1980s, the artists employ an eclectic array of technologies in their works. These technologies range from the highly specialised to the mass-produced and are used to create everything from crossbred cacti and LED books to dancing robots and a pneumatically powered blender designed to mix human biomaterials. The thread linking these diverse artworks is an exploration of new kinds of encounters, not only among technologically connected humans but also between so-called intelligent objects, plants, animals and all manner of hybrid entities. The artists also reflect on issues such as hyper-consumerism and alternative futures; inviting us to consider how our relationship with the natural world is changing, through our increased ability to alter our environment and through the threat of ecological apocalypse. Several of the artists take on the role of inventor or even mad scientist; experimenting with living organisms, building strange machines and constructing artificial worlds. Some investigate how our emotions are triggered when interacting with kinetic objects, while others try to see the world from a nonhuman perspective. Raising more questions than answers, their curious and inventive works make us wonder what the future may hold.’]
Publishing details: Museum of Contemporary Art Australia in patnership with National Museum of Modern and Contemporary Art, Korea, [2016] 
203 pages : colour illustrations
Piccinini Patricia view full entry
Reference: see New romance : art and the posthuman, by Anna Davis and Houngcheol Choi. [Includes artists’ biographies. [’New Romance: art and the posthuman brings together artists from Australia and Korea whose works encourage us to ask what it means to be human today, and what it might mean in the future. Drawing inspiration from science fiction, robotics, biotechnology, consumer products and social media, they offer experiences that raise questions around the idea of the posthuman; a concept that signals new understandings of humanity and a breakdown of boundaries between what we think of as natural and artificial. Born across five decades, from the 1940s to the 1980s, the artists employ an eclectic array of technologies in their works. These technologies range from the highly specialised to the mass-produced and are used to create everything from crossbred cacti and LED books to dancing robots and a pneumatically powered blender designed to mix human biomaterials. The thread linking these diverse artworks is an exploration of new kinds of encounters, not only among technologically connected humans but also between so-called intelligent objects, plants, animals and all manner of hybrid entities. The artists also reflect on issues such as hyper-consumerism and alternative futures; inviting us to consider how our relationship with the natural world is changing, through our increased ability to alter our environment and through the threat of ecological apocalypse. Several of the artists take on the role of inventor or even mad scientist; experimenting with living organisms, building strange machines and constructing artificial worlds. Some investigate how our emotions are triggered when interacting with kinetic objects, while others try to see the world from a nonhuman perspective. Raising more questions than answers, their curious and inventive works make us wonder what the future may hold.’]
Publishing details: Museum of Contemporary Art Australia in patnership with National Museum of Modern and Contemporary Art, Korea, [2016] 
203 pages : colour illustrations
Hennessey Peter view full entry
Reference: see New romance : art and the posthuman, by Anna Davis and Houngcheol Choi. [Includes artists’ biographies. [’New Romance: art and the posthuman brings together artists from Australia and Korea whose works encourage us to ask what it means to be human today, and what it might mean in the future. Drawing inspiration from science fiction, robotics, biotechnology, consumer products and social media, they offer experiences that raise questions around the idea of the posthuman; a concept that signals new understandings of humanity and a breakdown of boundaries between what we think of as natural and artificial. Born across five decades, from the 1940s to the 1980s, the artists employ an eclectic array of technologies in their works. These technologies range from the highly specialised to the mass-produced and are used to create everything from crossbred cacti and LED books to dancing robots and a pneumatically powered blender designed to mix human biomaterials. The thread linking these diverse artworks is an exploration of new kinds of encounters, not only among technologically connected humans but also between so-called intelligent objects, plants, animals and all manner of hybrid entities. The artists also reflect on issues such as hyper-consumerism and alternative futures; inviting us to consider how our relationship with the natural world is changing, through our increased ability to alter our environment and through the threat of ecological apocalypse. Several of the artists take on the role of inventor or even mad scientist; experimenting with living organisms, building strange machines and constructing artificial worlds. Some investigate how our emotions are triggered when interacting with kinetic objects, while others try to see the world from a nonhuman perspective. Raising more questions than answers, their curious and inventive works make us wonder what the future may hold.’]
Publishing details: Museum of Contemporary Art Australia in patnership with National Museum of Modern and Contemporary Art, Korea, [2016] 
203 pages : colour illustrations
Shoulder Justinview full entry
Reference: see New romance : art and the posthuman, by Anna Davis and Houngcheol Choi. [Includes artists’ biographies. [’New Romance: art and the posthuman brings together artists from Australia and Korea whose works encourage us to ask what it means to be human today, and what it might mean in the future. Drawing inspiration from science fiction, robotics, biotechnology, consumer products and social media, they offer experiences that raise questions around the idea of the posthuman; a concept that signals new understandings of humanity and a breakdown of boundaries between what we think of as natural and artificial. Born across five decades, from the 1940s to the 1980s, the artists employ an eclectic array of technologies in their works. These technologies range from the highly specialised to the mass-produced and are used to create everything from crossbred cacti and LED books to dancing robots and a pneumatically powered blender designed to mix human biomaterials. The thread linking these diverse artworks is an exploration of new kinds of encounters, not only among technologically connected humans but also between so-called intelligent objects, plants, animals and all manner of hybrid entities. The artists also reflect on issues such as hyper-consumerism and alternative futures; inviting us to consider how our relationship with the natural world is changing, through our increased ability to alter our environment and through the threat of ecological apocalypse. Several of the artists take on the role of inventor or even mad scientist; experimenting with living organisms, building strange machines and constructing artificial worlds. Some investigate how our emotions are triggered when interacting with kinetic objects, while others try to see the world from a nonhuman perspective. Raising more questions than answers, their curious and inventive works make us wonder what the future may hold.’]
Publishing details: Museum of Contemporary Art Australia in patnership with National Museum of Modern and Contemporary Art, Korea, [2016] 
203 pages : colour illustrations
Stanborough Giselle view full entry
Reference: see New romance : art and the posthuman, by Anna Davis and Houngcheol Choi. [Includes artists’ biographies. [’New Romance: art and the posthuman brings together artists from Australia and Korea whose works encourage us to ask what it means to be human today, and what it might mean in the future. Drawing inspiration from science fiction, robotics, biotechnology, consumer products and social media, they offer experiences that raise questions around the idea of the posthuman; a concept that signals new understandings of humanity and a breakdown of boundaries between what we think of as natural and artificial. Born across five decades, from the 1940s to the 1980s, the artists employ an eclectic array of technologies in their works. These technologies range from the highly specialised to the mass-produced and are used to create everything from crossbred cacti and LED books to dancing robots and a pneumatically powered blender designed to mix human biomaterials. The thread linking these diverse artworks is an exploration of new kinds of encounters, not only among technologically connected humans but also between so-called intelligent objects, plants, animals and all manner of hybrid entities. The artists also reflect on issues such as hyper-consumerism and alternative futures; inviting us to consider how our relationship with the natural world is changing, through our increased ability to alter our environment and through the threat of ecological apocalypse. Several of the artists take on the role of inventor or even mad scientist; experimenting with living organisms, building strange machines and constructing artificial worlds. Some investigate how our emotions are triggered when interacting with kinetic objects, while others try to see the world from a nonhuman perspective. Raising more questions than answers, their curious and inventive works make us wonder what the future may hold.’]
Publishing details: Museum of Contemporary Art Australia in patnership with National Museum of Modern and Contemporary Art, Korea, [2016] 
203 pages : colour illustrations
Stelarcview full entry
Reference: see New romance : art and the posthuman, by Anna Davis and Houngcheol Choi. [Includes artists’ biographies. [’New Romance: art and the posthuman brings together artists from Australia and Korea whose works encourage us to ask what it means to be human today, and what it might mean in the future. Drawing inspiration from science fiction, robotics, biotechnology, consumer products and social media, they offer experiences that raise questions around the idea of the posthuman; a concept that signals new understandings of humanity and a breakdown of boundaries between what we think of as natural and artificial. Born across five decades, from the 1940s to the 1980s, the artists employ an eclectic array of technologies in their works. These technologies range from the highly specialised to the mass-produced and are used to create everything from crossbred cacti and LED books to dancing robots and a pneumatically powered blender designed to mix human biomaterials. The thread linking these diverse artworks is an exploration of new kinds of encounters, not only among technologically connected humans but also between so-called intelligent objects, plants, animals and all manner of hybrid entities. The artists also reflect on issues such as hyper-consumerism and alternative futures; inviting us to consider how our relationship with the natural world is changing, through our increased ability to alter our environment and through the threat of ecological apocalypse. Several of the artists take on the role of inventor or even mad scientist; experimenting with living organisms, building strange machines and constructing artificial worlds. Some investigate how our emotions are triggered when interacting with kinetic objects, while others try to see the world from a nonhuman perspective. Raising more questions than answers, their curious and inventive works make us wonder what the future may hold.’]
Publishing details: Museum of Contemporary Art Australia in patnership with National Museum of Modern and Contemporary Art, Korea, [2016] 
203 pages : colour illustrations
Sellars Ninaview full entry
Reference: see New romance : art and the posthuman, by Anna Davis and Houngcheol Choi. [Includes artists’ biographies. [’New Romance: art and the posthuman brings together artists from Australia and Korea whose works encourage us to ask what it means to be human today, and what it might mean in the future. Drawing inspiration from science fiction, robotics, biotechnology, consumer products and social media, they offer experiences that raise questions around the idea of the posthuman; a concept that signals new understandings of humanity and a breakdown of boundaries between what we think of as natural and artificial. Born across five decades, from the 1940s to the 1980s, the artists employ an eclectic array of technologies in their works. These technologies range from the highly specialised to the mass-produced and are used to create everything from crossbred cacti and LED books to dancing robots and a pneumatically powered blender designed to mix human biomaterials. The thread linking these diverse artworks is an exploration of new kinds of encounters, not only among technologically connected humans but also between so-called intelligent objects, plants, animals and all manner of hybrid entities. The artists also reflect on issues such as hyper-consumerism and alternative futures; inviting us to consider how our relationship with the natural world is changing, through our increased ability to alter our environment and through the threat of ecological apocalypse. Several of the artists take on the role of inventor or even mad scientist; experimenting with living organisms, building strange machines and constructing artificial worlds. Some investigate how our emotions are triggered when interacting with kinetic objects, while others try to see the world from a nonhuman perspective. Raising more questions than answers, their curious and inventive works make us wonder what the future may hold.’]
Publishing details: Museum of Contemporary Art Australia in patnership with National Museum of Modern and Contemporary Art, Korea, [2016] 
203 pages : colour illustrations
Baker-Clack Arthurview full entry
Reference: see Wkipedia:
Arthur Baker–Clack was an Australian-born painter in the impressionist school. He was at the art colony at Étaples, Pas-de-Calais, Nord-Pas-de-Calais, France from 1910, and continued to live in the region during World War I and after.
Career[edit]
He was a tutor at Conmurra Station, Kingston SE, South Australia.[2]
He was a journalist at The Register before moving to the Perth Morning Herald covering the Western Australian goldfields.[1]
He exhibited in Paris,[3] London[4][5] and Australia[6] and was a jury member for the Salon d'Automne and of the Société Nationale des Beaux-Arts. He was also chairman of the Folkestone Art Society.[7]
He lived in Étaples with his wife, Edith, however their house was destroyed during World War I. After the war they built a residence at Etaples, 'Bendlebi'.[8] Edith had been his nurse during a period of illness.[1]
Education[edit]
Mr. James Ashton's Art Academy, in Adelaide and at Way College, Wayville, South Australia (1899–1900)[1]
He also trained in London and Paris and with Rupert Bunny at Étaples.[6]
References[edit]
REFERENCES:
 "PERSONAL". The Advertiser. Adelaide: National Library of Australia. 3 October 1928. p. 13. Retrieved 21 December 2012.
2 ^ "HOME OF BEAUTY". The Mail. Adelaide: National Library of Australia. 30 April 1927. p. 16. Retrieved 21 December 2012.
3 ^ "GENERAL CABLE NEWS". The Sydney Morning Herald. National Library of Australia. 4 November 1931. p. 12. Retrieved 21 December 2012.
4 ^ "BEAU ARTS GALLERY". Western Argus. Kalgoorlie, WA: National Library of Australia. 17 April 1928. p. 23. Retrieved 21 December 2012.
5 ^ "ROYAL ACADEMY EXHIBITS". The Sydney Morning Herald. National Library of Australia. 2 May 1930. p. 12. Retrieved 21 December 2012.
6 ^ Jump up to: 
a b "ART EXHIBITION". The Sydney Morning Herald. National Library of Australia. 30 September 1927. p. 6. Retrieved 21 December 2012.
7 ^ "Folkestone Art Society history". Folkestone Art Society. Retrieved 30 March 2015.
8 ^ "HOME of BEAUTY from the RUINS of WAR". The Mail. Adelaide: National Library of Australia. 23 April 1927. p. 17. Retrieved 21 December 2012.
Govett William Romaine (1807-1848)view full entry
Reference: William Romaine Govett. SKETCHES OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Written and illustrated for the Saturday Magazine in 1836-37. Together with an essay on the Saturday Magazine by Gaston Renard and an account of his life by Annette Potts.
Publishing details: Melb. Gaston Renard. 1977. 4to. Or.illustrated cloth. 91pp. b/w ills. 1st ed. Limited to 250 copies, this is copy no. 83, signed by Annette Potts and Gaston Renard. With Index.
photographyview full entry
Reference: STANBURY, Peter (Ed.) CONSERVING HISTORIC PHOTOGRAPHS. With an Appendix of historic photograph collections in New South Wales. Papers from the Conference at the National Trust Centre, April 1981.
Publishing details: University of Sydney. Macleay Mus. 1982. Foolscap folio. Ill.wrapps. 86pp. b/w ills.
Ref: 1000
Cartographic Eye Theview full entry
Reference: RYAN, Simon. THE CARTOGRAPHIC EYE. How Explorers Saw Australia.
Publishing details: Cambridge Uni Press. 1996. Col.Ill.wrapps. 235pp. b/w ills.
Ref: 1000
mapsview full entry
Reference: see RYAN, Simon. THE CARTOGRAPHIC EYE. How Explorers Saw Australia.
Publishing details: Cambridge Uni Press. 1996. Col.Ill.wrapps. 235pp. b/w ills.
Meredith Louisa Anne 1812-95view full entry
Reference: MEREDITH, Louisa Anne. LOVED AND LOST! The True Story of a Short Life. Told in Gossip Verse and Illustrated by the author. One of Meredith’s rarest works, the story of a short life, filled with incident of an Australian parakeet.
Publishing details: Lond Day & Son. Lithrs. to the Queen n.d. (1868) Or.cloth with elaborate gilt decoration showing a parakeet surrounded by wattle blossoms. Blind decoration on back board. 96pp. a.e.g.
Lithographed title and dedication and 14 full-page lithographed plates. B/w ills. in the text. Muir 4971.
Ref: 1000
Art of Utopia Theview full entry
Reference: BOULTER, Michael. THE ART OF UTOPIA. A New Direction in Contemporary Aboriginal Art. Utopia is a region north-east of Alice Springs where indigenous peoples have been able to return to a traditional way of life. Here traditional arts & crafts are passed down the generations.
Publishing details: Roseville East. Craftsman House. 1991. Folio. Or.bds. Dustjacket. 180pp. col & b/w ills.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see BOULTER, Michael. THE ART OF UTOPIA. A New Direction in Contemporary Aboriginal Art. Utopia is a region north-east of Alice Springs where indigenous peoples have been able to return to a traditional way of life. Here traditional arts & crafts are passed down the generations.
Publishing details: Roseville East. Craftsman House. 1991. Folio. Or.bds. Dustjacket. 180pp. col & b/w ills.
Yanyuwa Countryview full entry
Reference: BRADLEY, John. YANYUWA COUNTRY. The Yanyuwa people of Borroloola tell the history of their land. Translated and Illustrated by John Bradley. The Yanyuwa people of Borrolooa are all part of the Dreaming. The Dreamings are their ancestors, no matter if they are fish, birds, men, women, animals, wind or rain. A look at the Yanyuwa Dreaming.

Publishing details: Richmond, VIC. Greenhouse, Publications 1988. 4to. Col.Ill.wrapps. 80pp. col & b/w ills.
Ref: 1000
Bradley John view full entry
Reference: see BRADLEY, John. YANYUWA COUNTRY. The Yanyuwa people of Borroloola tell the history of their land. Translated and Illustrated by John Bradley. The Yanyuwa people of Borrolooa are all part of the Dreaming. The Dreamings are their ancestors, no matter if they are fish, birds, men, women, animals, wind or rain. A look at the Yanyuwa Dreaming.

Publishing details: Richmond, VIC. Greenhouse, Publications 1988. 4to. Col.Ill.wrapps. 80pp. col & b/w ills.
Face of the Centre Theview full entry
Reference: see The Face of the Centre - .Papunya Tula Paintings 1971-1984, by Annemarie Brody. includes biographies [to be indexed]
Publishing details: NGV,1985, pb, 51pp
Balgoview full entry
Reference: COWAN, James. BALGO. New Directions. The Aboriginal artists of the Balgo Hills are considered by many to be the most innovative & daring painters working in Central Australia with their vivid use of colour & a strong iconic sense.
Publishing details: Syd. Craftsman House. 1999. 4to. Or.bds. Dustjacket. 143pp.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: COWAN, James. BALGO. New Directions. The Aboriginal artists of the Balgo Hills are considered by many to be the most innovative & daring painters working in Central Australia with their vivid use of colour & a strong iconic sense.
Publishing details: Syd. Craftsman House. 1999. 4to. Or.bds. Dustjacket. 143pp.
Dreampowerview full entry
Reference: CROSSEY, David. DREAMPOWER. Art of contemporary Aboriginal Australia. A Travelling Exhibition Proudly Presented by
Gallerie Australis. Exhibition Catalogue. Dreampower was an exhibition of Australian Aboriginal art from the desert region of central Australia that was organised by the Australia-Indonesia Institute & exhibited at the Hyatt in Adelaide. $24

Publishing details: Nth Adelaide. Museum Art International 1997. 4to. Col.Ill.wrapps. 32pp. Profusely illustrated in colour.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: CROSSEY, David. DREAMPOWER. Art of contemporary Aboriginal Australia. A Travelling Exhibition Proudly Presented by
Gallerie Australis. Exhibition Catalogue. Dreampower was an exhibition of Australian Aboriginal art from the desert region of central Australia that was organised by the Australia-Indonesia Institute & exhibited at the Hyatt in Adelaide. $24

Publishing details: Nth Adelaide. Museum Art International 1997. 4to. Col.Ill.wrapps. 32pp. Profusely illustrated in colour.
Aborigines in artview full entry
Reference: Seeing the First Australians. Donaldson Ian & Tamsin (Edited by). This book explores some of the many ways in which the Aboriginal people have been seen by Europeans & their Australian descendants. [to be indexed?]
Publishing details: George Allen & Unwin, 1985, pb
Aboriginal bark canoes of the Murray Valleyview full entry
Reference: EDWARDS, Robert. ABORIGINAL BARK CANOES OF THE MURRAY VALLEY. Along the Murray River in NSW it was once possible to find old gum trees that carried the mark of canoe shaped scars where Aboriginal peoples had fashioned boats out of bark to fish the Murray River.

Publishing details: Adelaide. Rigby Limited. 1972. 4to. Or.bds. Dustjacket. 80pp. Profusely illustrated in black & white.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see EDWARDS, Robert. ABORIGINAL BARK CANOES OF THE MURRAY VALLEY. Along the Murray River in NSW it was once possible to find old gum trees that carried the mark of canoe shaped scars where Aboriginal peoples had fashioned boats out of bark to fish the Murray River.

Publishing details: Adelaide. Rigby Limited. 1972. 4to. Or.bds. Dustjacket. 80pp. Profusely illustrated in black & white.
Parker Nancyview full entry
Reference: HEDDLE, Enid Moodie. (Ed). THE BOOMERANG BOOK OF LEGENDARY TALES. Decorations by Nancy Parker. The folklore & legends collected in this book intended for younger readers, have been collected from Australia, New Guinea, Borneo, Fiji, Tonga, the Solomon Islands, & Micronesia.
Publishing details: Lond. Longmans, Green & Co. 1957. Or.bds. 150pp. Dustjacket.
Ref: 1000
Yuenduma Doorsview full entry
Reference: KURUWARRI. YUENDUMU DOORS. Warlukurlangu Artists. The Warlpiri peoples of the Northern Territory began experimenting with acrylic paint in the early 1980s, & began painting Dreaming symbols on doors of a local school, which soon became a tradition.
Publishing details: Canb. Aust Inst Aboriginal Studies. 1987. 4to. Col.Ill.wrapps. 143pp. col & b/w ills.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see KURUWARRI. YUENDUMU DOORS. Warlukurlangu Artists. The Warlpiri peoples of the Northern Territory began experimenting with acrylic paint in the early 1980s, & began painting Dreaming symbols on doors of a local school, which soon became a tradition.
Publishing details: Canb. Aust Inst Aboriginal Studies. 1987. 4to. Col.Ill.wrapps. 143pp. col & b/w ills.
Warlukurlangu Artistsview full entry
Reference: see KURUWARRI. YUENDUMU DOORS. Warlukurlangu Artists. The Warlpiri peoples of the Northern Territory began experimenting with acrylic paint in the early 1980s, & began painting Dreaming symbols on doors of a local school, which soon became a tradition.
Publishing details: Canb. Aust Inst Aboriginal Studies. 1987. 4to. Col.Ill.wrapps. 143pp. col & b/w ills.
Kuruwarriview full entry
Reference: see KURUWARRI. YUENDUMU DOORS. Warlukurlangu Artists. The Warlpiri peoples of the Northern Territory began experimenting with acrylic paint in the early 1980s, & began painting Dreaming symbols on doors of a local school, which soon became a tradition.
Publishing details: Canb. Aust Inst Aboriginal Studies. 1987. 4to. Col.Ill.wrapps. 143pp. col & b/w ills.
Mandingrida Arts & Cultureview full entry
Reference: MANDINGRIDA ARTS & CULTURE. & ANNANDALE GALLERIES. SPIRIT IN VARIATION. The art of Maningrida. Bark Paintings, Ceremonial Poles, Yawkyawks, Minihs, Woven Forms, Video Installation. The Power of Rarrk. Exhibition Catalogue. Mandingrida Arts & Culture from Arnhem Land in the Northern Territory is witnessing the rise of a younger generation of artists who were exhibited at the Annandale Galleries in November of 2007.
Publishing details: Syd. Annandale Galleries. 2007. Col.Ill.wrapps. 36pp. Profusely illustrated in colour.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see MANDINGRIDA ARTS & CULTURE. & ANNANDALE GALLERIES. SPIRIT IN VARIATION. The art of Maningrida. Bark Paintings, Ceremonial Poles, Yawkyawks, Minihs, Woven Forms, Video Installation. The Power of Rarrk. Exhibition Catalogue. Mandingrida Arts & Culture from Arnhem Land in the Northern Territory is witnessing the rise of a younger generation of artists who were exhibited at the Annandale Galleries in November of 2007.
Publishing details: Syd. Annandale Galleries. 2007. Col.Ill.wrapps. 36pp. Profusely illustrated in colour.
Marawill Nongirrnaview full entry
Reference: MARAWILI, Djambawa. DJAMBAWA MARAWILI - SOURCE OF FIRE. 2003 - 2005. Exhibition Catalogue. Yolngu artist Djambawa Marawili has been making art for over thirty years at Yirrkala, in eastern Arnhem Land. The underlying theme of his art is Baru, the crocodile, the bringer of fire.
Publishing details: Annandale Galleries. 2005. Col.Ill.wrapps. 21pp. col ills. Very good copy.
Ref: 1000
Mawurndjul John view full entry
Reference: MAWURNDJUL, John. RARRK. Journey Through Time in Northern Australia.
Publishing details: Adelaide. Crawford House Publishing 2005. 4to. Col. Ill.wrapps. 238pp.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal stone implementsview full entry
Reference: McCARTHY, F. D. AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL STONE IMPLEMENTS. Including Bone, Shell and Tooth Implements. Stone implements were first seen by the early navigators around Australia such as Dampier & Cook. The Australian Museum Trust has preserved many early examples of stone tools & implements in Australia. $35

Publishing details: Syd. The Australian Museum Trust. 1976. 4to. Col.Ill. wrapps. 107pp. b/w ills. 2nd edition.
Ref: 1000
stone implementsview full entry
Reference: see McCARTHY, F. D. AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL STONE IMPLEMENTS. Including Bone, Shell and Tooth Implements. Stone implements were first seen by the early navigators around Australia such as Dampier & Cook. The Australian Museum Trust has preserved many early examples of stone tools & implements in Australia. $35

Publishing details: Syd. The Australian Museum Trust. 1976. 4to. Col.Ill. wrapps. 107pp. b/w ills. 2nd edition.
ABORIGINAL ROCK ARTview full entry
Reference: see McCARTHY, Frederick David. AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL ROCK ART.
‘Art is an important & integral part of Australian Aboriginal culture. Painting & engraving on rock is part of a rich heritage that has been expressed throughout the continent.’
Publishing details: Syd. The Australian Museum. 1979. 4to. Col. Ill.wrapps. 91pp. Light discolouration to pages. Profusely illustrated in colour and black & white. Fourth Edition.
ABORIGINAL ROCK ART IN THE BLUE MOUNTAINSview full entry
Reference: see VAN DER HAVE, John. ABORIGINAL ROCK ART IN THE BLUE MOUNTAINS. All photographs by the author. The Aboriginal artworks presented in this book are all to be found in the Blue Mountains region of NSW, & their significance & meaning have been lost. Knowledge of their creators is also incomplete
Publishing details: Lawson. Blue Mountains Education Trust 2016. Oblong 8vo. Col.Ill.wrapps. 244pp. Light wear to corners. Profusely illustrated in colour.
Van der Have John photographsview full entry
Reference: VAN DER HAVE, John. ABORIGINAL ROCK ART IN THE BLUE MOUNTAINS. All photographs by the author. The Aboriginal artworks presented in this book are all to be found in the Blue Mountains region of NSW, & their significance & meaning have been lost. Knowledge of their creators is also incomplete
Publishing details: Lawson. Blue Mountains Education Trust 2016. Oblong 8vo. Col.Ill.wrapps. 244pp. Light wear to corners. Profusely illustrated in colour.
Ref: 1000
La Trobe Charles Josephview full entry
Reference: BARNES, John. LA TROBE. Traveller Writer Governor. ‘The first fully-researched biography of La Trobe, the inaugural Governor of Victoria.’
Publishing details: Braddon. Halstead Press. 2017. Or.bds. Col.Ill.Dustjacket. 384pp. Profusely illustrated in colour and black & white.
Ref: 1000
Brokenshire Joseph 1877-1947view full entry
Reference: DARBY, Garry & DUNSTAN, Alan R. THE PHOTOGRAPHS OF JOSEPH BROKENSHIRE. An Exhibition of his Photographs. Rockdale Town Hall, Monday 6th June to Sunday 19th June, 1988.
Publishing details: Rockdale Municipal Council. 1988. 4to. Ill.wrapps. 32pp. b/w ills.
Ref: 1000
Jubelin Narelleview full entry
Reference: Narelle Jubelin - Vision in Motion. Curated by Luke Parker and Ann Stephen. ‘The University Art Gallery is delighted to present the art of Narelle Jubelin. Vision in Motion spans three decades of Jubelin’s work, from her sewn renditions to recent video & installation works.’
Publishing details: Syd. The University of Sydney. 2012. 4to. Bound in linen. 100pp. col & b/w ills. Exhibition Catalogue.
Edden Robertview full entry
Reference: BOLES, Walter. & EDDEN, Robert( Paintings). BIRDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN RAINFORESTS.
Publishing details: Balgowlah. Currawong Press. 1990. Col.Ill.bds. 170pp. Profusely illustrated in colour and black & white
Ref: 1000
Davies Jeff Nview full entry
Reference: LANE, Brett A. SHOREBIRDS IN AUSTRALIA. With colour Illustrations by Jeff N. Davies.
Publishing details: Melb. Nelson Publishers. 1987. 4to. Or.bds. Col.Ill. Dustjacket. 187pp. Profusely illustrated in colour and black & white.
Ref: 1000
O’Grady Gladys Y
view full entry
Reference: O’GRADY, Gladys Y. (illustrations) & LINDSEY, Terence (text). AUSTRALIAN BIRDS AND THEIR YOUNG. A Portfolio of Paintings of Breeding Species of the Eastern States.
Publishing details: Stanmore. Cassell Australia Ltd. 1979. Oblong 4to. Or.bds. Col.Ill.Dustjacket. 231pp. over 72
colour ills.
Ref: 1000
Gosse Elizaview full entry
Reference: CABIN FEVER, ELIZA GOSSE
Liverpool Street Gallery
Reviewed by Chloe Wolifson
Publishing details: Sydney Morning Herald, 16.10.2020, p 33
Goold Bruceview full entry
Reference: Bruce Goold: Coloured Linocuts.
Publishing details: England & Co., London, pb, 12pp. b&w illustrations. 1988,
Ref: 1000
Ross Sallyview full entry
Reference: Smith & Singer is delighted to announce our representation of renowned contemporary artist, Sally Ross.  Her debut exhibition with Smith & Singer will feature 10 new works by the artist and will be open to the public from 23 November – 18 December 2020 at 14-16 Collins Street, Melbourne.
Ross has exhibited globally, with solo exhibitions in Australia, France and the United States of America – including long term representation in Paris and Los Angeles – and group shows and art fairs spanning Australia, Belgium, Hong Kong, Italy, Mexico and Switzerland.
A four-time Archibald Prize finalist, her works are held in the Fondation Maeght, St-Paul de Vence, France; National Portrait Gallery, Canberra; Geelong Art Gallery, Geelong; National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne; Heide Museum of Modern Art, Melbourne; Artbank, Melbourne; Macquarie University Collection, Sydney; along with private collections in Austria, Australia, Belgium, France, Germany, the United Kingdom and the United States of America.
and
The first exhibition at Smith & Singer of acclaimed contemporary artist, Sally Ross, is now open.  Featuring 10 new works by the artist, exploring mark-making its relation to the archetypical elements essential to every landscape, Ross effortlessly contrasts abstraction and representation in the largest paintings yet created by the artist.
Ross has exhibited globally, with solo exhibitions in Australia, France and the United States of America – including long term representation in Paris and Los Angeles – and group shows and art fairs spanning Australia, Belgium, Hong Kong, Italy, Mexico and Switzerland.
A four-time Archibald Prize finalist, her works are held in the Fondation Maeght, St-Paul de Vence, France; National Portrait Gallery, Canberra; Geelong Art Gallery, Geelong; National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne; Heide Museum of Modern Art, Melbourne; Artbank, Melbourne; Macquarie University Collection, Sydney; along with private collections in Austria, Australia, Belgium, France, Germany, the United Kingdom and the United States of America.
Sally Ross is open to the public at 14-16 Collins Street, Melbourne, from 23 November to 18 December 2020, 10 am to 5 pm, Monday to Saturday.
Publishing details: Smith & Singer, 2020, catalogue details unknown.
Ref: 1000
Allcot John Charles view full entry
Reference: see eBay listing, UK, Oct 2020:
M.S. Stirlingshire
Medium Gouache
Image Size 12" x 8"
Origin Australia
Age 1931
Subject Marine
John Charles Allcot, 1889-1973. Lived in Sydney, Australia. Signed and dated 1931 lower left. Inscribed lower right. A member of the Royal Art Society of NSW. Overall artwork dimensions 17" x 12". M.S. Stirlingshire was subsequently sunk by a U-boat, no lives lost.


John Charles Allcot
John Charles Allcot (1888-1973), artist, was born on 14 November 1888 at Liverpool, Lancashire, England, son of George Allcot, mariner, and his wife Mary Elizabeth, née Phillips. Educated at Arnot Street Board School, at the age of 14 John was apprenticed to Tillotson & Son Ltd, lithographers, and attended classes at the Liverpool Institute and School of Art. In 1906 he worked in the Mersey tugboats and next year sailed as a deck-boy in the barque, Invermark. He loved painting and would scrounge ship's paint, sailcloth and handkerchiefs with which to depict the sea, ships and life on board.  

Arriving in Sydney in the Miltiades in 1909, Allcot signed on with the old clipper, Antiope. He worked in coastal, island and intercolonial vessels out of Sydney before giving up the sea in 1912. At the Pitt Street Congregational Church on 13 September 1915 he married Elsie Alma Johnson, but they later became estranged. Supporting himself by painting theatre sets, he obtained commissions for ship paintings from Sydney photographers and toured the countryside, completing landscapes which he exhibited regularly with the Royal Art Society of New South Wales from 1920. About this time he formed an enduring friendship with Phyllis Zanker.

He gained widespread recognition in the 1920s with a series of oil paintings (on the founding of the Australian colonies) which were later acquired by the Australasian Pioneers' Club. Other commissions followed. Allcot also worked as an illustrator and wrote articles about the sea for the Sydney Mail. In the 1940s he painted the seas for ship-models built by the sculptor Robert Klippel. Allcot's painting of the Cutty Sark was presented to the Duke of Edinburgh in 1954.

Allcot was dark and diminutive, less than five feet (153 cm) tall. His studio became a meeting-place for those interested in ships, paintings and models. Regular visitors included maritime artists Oswald Brett and Ian Hansen who watched him work and listened to his colourful stories of seafaring. Allcot exhibited landscapes and still lifes at Beard, Watson & Co. Ltd (1962); his paintings of ships were shown at Underwood Galleries (1965) and those of twelve windjammers at the San Francisco Maritime Museum, United States of America (1969). In Sydney he held a successful exhibition (1970) at Proud's Art Gallery to celebrate the bicentenary of James Cook's landing in Australia; Allcot's last showing took place at the Copperfield Gallery (1973).

Painting to tried and tested conventions, with impeccable attention to detail, Allcot used water-colour and gouache, and oils. His work was prolific and romantic. At a time of great change in the shipping industry, he specialized in nostalgic views of sailing ships and steamers, and found an appreciative market of ship-owners, captains, crews and their families. While best known for his ships, he continued to enjoy painting landscapes. A fellow (1956) of the local Royal Art Society, Allcot was a member of the League of Ancient Mariners and of the Shiplovers' Society. He was elected an honorary life member (1962) of the Australasian Pioneers' Club and appointed O.B.E. in 1970. Survived by his wife, son and daughter, he died on 13 July 1973 at North Sydney and was cremated with Anglican rites. His work is represented in private and public collections in Australia and abroad.
Foedisch Wolfgang Heinz (Germany, 1919 - 2003) view full entry
Reference: see lot 5 Broward Auction Gallery
November 8, 2020, Miami, USA:
ARTIST: Wolfgang Heinz Foedisch (Germany, 1919 - 2003) [exhibited in Sydney]
NAME: Landscape - Canadian Rockies
MEDIUM: oil on board
CONDITION: Very minor paint losses along edges. No visible inpaint under UV light.
SIGHT SIZE: 21 x 26 inches / 53 x 66 cm
FRAME SIZE: unframed
SIGNATURE: lower left
NOTE: has artist's business card on verso
CATEGORY: antique vintage painting
SKU#: 117168
US Shipping $75 + insurance.

AD: ART CONSIGNMENTS WANTED. CONTACT US
BIOGRAPHY:
Impressionist landscape painter
Exhibited in Calgary, Victoria & Vancouver, Canada; SF area in California; Florence, Oregon; Sydney, Australia.
Taught art classes & sold art along side the road near Tonasket, Wa.
Draper William Franklin American artist in Pacificview full entry
Reference: see lot 139, Artemis Gallery
October 22, 2020, 8:00 AM MST
Louisville, CO, US:
William Franklin Draper (American, 1912-2003). Study of an Older Model, oil on canvas, ca. 1935. Signed "WF Draper" at lower right. An early portrait by American artist William Draper, depicting an older gentleman, sitting outdoors with his hands placed upon his knees, looking directly at the viewer with a twinkle in his eyes and his white bearded mouth open as if telling a story to us about the good old days. He wears a dark grey wide-brimmed had, a matching vest, and a long sleeved golden beige shirt. Behind him is a multi-paned window - he is presumably sitting on a stoop of a home or building - and the leafy tree to his left suggests that it is a lovely spring or summer day. William Draper's family believes that this piece was painted in Provincetown, Massachusetts in 1931. Size: 30" L x 25.125" W (76.2 cm x 63.8 cm)

William Draper's career spanned seven decades and his subjects included a portrait of John F. Kennedy that hangs in the National Portrait Gallery in Washington D.C. based upon an oil sketch for which the president sat in 1962. Draper was actually the only artist who painted JFK from life. Draper showed at Knoedler, the Graham Gallery, Portraits, Inc., the Far Gallery, The Findlay Galleries (New York, NY) and the Robert C. Vose Galleries (Boston, MA). His work has been included in shows at the National Portrait Gallery and the Corcoran Gallery of Art (Washington, D.C.), The National Academy of Design (New York, NY), The Boston Museum of Fine Arts, (Boston, MA) the Fogg Art Museum, (one of the Harvard Art Museums, Cambridge, MA), the National Gallery, (London), Salon de la Marine (Paris) and in museums in Australia. He also taught at the Art Students League of New York, and received a lifetime achievement award from the Portrait Society of America in 1999.

More on the artist's background: William Franklin Draper was born in Hopedale, Massachusetts on December 24, 1912. A child prodigy, he studied classical piano at Harvard University. He later changed his focus to fine art and studied with Charles Webster Hawthorne and Henry Hensche in Provincetown, Rhode Island. Draper also attended the National Academy of Design in New York and the Cape Cod School of Art in Massachusetts. Then he traveled to Spain and studied with Harry Zimmerman, moved on to France and attended the Academie de la Grande Chaumiere. In 1937, he moved to Boston to study sculpture with George Demetrius and also studied with Jon Corbino in beautiful Rockport, Massachusetts. In 1942, Draper joined the Navy and served as a combat artist when stationed on the Aleutian Islands and in the South Pacific. He observed and painted battle scenes on Bougainville, Guam, Saipan, and other locations, as well as genre scenes of soldiers who were not engaged in combat but rather at work and at play. National Geographic magazine reproduced 25 of his war images in four issues in 1944. In 1945, the Corcoran Gallery of Art in Washington D.C. organized a group exhibition of works by five official war artists, including Draper. That same year the Metropolitan Museum of Art included Draper in an exhibition entitled, ''The War Against Japan.'' Draper was also featured in a PBS television show about combat artists entitled, "They Drew Fire" in May of 2000. After the war, Draper opened a studio on Park Avenue in New York City and continued to not only paint, but also play classical and jazz piano.

Provenance: The William F. Draper Collection, New York City, USA
Borstel Reginald Arthur 1875-1922 view full entry
Reference: see lot 355, Eldred's
November 19, 2020, 10:00 AM EST
East Dennis, MA, US:
REGINALD ARTHUR BORSTEL 
Australia, 1875-1922
Hermaphrodite schooner Hesperian. Signed and dated lower left "RA Borstal 1920". Titled lower center. Inscribed lower right "Harris & Laidlaw 210 Sussex St., Sydney NSW".
Provenance: 
Russel Haveside Company, San Francisco. 

Vallejo Gallery, Newport Beach, California, 1998.
The Kelton Collection of Marine Art & Artifacts.
The four-masted barkentine Hesperian was built in 1918 as sister ship to Conqueror , the first two large ships built by Rolph Shipbuilding Co. During her career, she made voyages between West Coast ports and Australia, New Zealand and South Africa. Her last voyage was Wellington to San Francisco in 1924. She was then laid up in Antioch where she was broken up in 1937.
Oil on canvas, 20" x 30.25". Framed 25.5" x 36".
Dimensions
Oil on canvas, 20" x 30.25". Framed 25.5" x 36".
Madden John McIntoshview full entry
Reference: see lot 176, Wednesday 28 Oct, 2020, Isbilya Subastas auction, Seville, Spain,
JOHN McINTOSH MADDEN (Nueva Zelanda, 1856 1923)
View of Hobart Harbour, Australia Signed "J.M. Madden Watercolour on paper 33 x 77 cm
Donovan Edward. (1768–1837)view full entry
Reference: An Epitome of the Natural History of the Insects of New Holland, New Zealand, New Guinea, Otaheite, and Other Islands in the Indian, Southern, and Pacific Oceans...[with] An Epitome of the Natural History of the Insects of China: comprising figures and descriptions of upwards of one hundred new, singular, and beautiful species. [and:] An Epitome of the Natural
History of the Insects of India, and the Islands in the Indian Seas.
Three volumes, quarto, with a total of 149 superior hand coloured engravings by the author; contemporary full calf, gilt with morocco labels.
[From Hordern House catalogue, 2020:
‘A striking and complete set relating to the insects of the world: Edward donovan’s justly famous illustrated work on Australian entomology is one of the great rarities among the early and beautiful colour-plate books relating to Australia. This set includes the celebrated companion volumes on the insects of China and India, published in 1798 and 1800 respectively. Both of these are magnificently illustrated with highly detailed plates also engraved and coloured by donovan.
Edward donovan (1768–1837) was an energetic British naturalist and illustrator who founded a private museum of specimens in London said to rival the finest Royal cabinets of Europe. His work on the insects of New Holland was the last of the three works he published on exotic entomology, and features his marvellous illustrations. Significantly, he painstakingly etched, engraved and hand-coloured the magnificent plates for all of his books, producing luminous and animated
depictions of creatures at home amongst native herbs and flowers. Together with its exact contemporary, Lewin’s Prodromus, donovan’s work is considered one of the founding works of Australian natural history.
His study of Australian insects was principally based on specimens from the cabinet of Sir Joseph Banks: ‘The assemblage of New Holland insects it comprises are inestimable, and from the unreserved access to that cabinet with which he has been uniformly indulged, he has not failed to enrich his selection for this Work’. Australian insects had been assiduously collected by Banks and Solander on Cook’s first voyage, and were scientifically catalogued by Johann Fabricius as early as 1775. Banks continued to have a decided interest in exotic insects after his return, and it is interesting to note that his collection was the most important to include Australian bugs from both Cook’s second and third voyage, collected by the astronomer William Bayly first
16
with Furneaux on the Adventure and later with Clerke on the Discovery. The sale of Bayly’s collection caused a minor sensation when it was announced in the public newspapers some time in October 1780, and donovan’s notes here confirm that he personally purchased several specimens at that sale, as did Banks and other great contemporary collectors.
donovan also used other sources for describing and illustrating Australian insects, including the cabinets of dru drury and John Francillon, the prominent London jeweller and dealer in natural history specimens. His treatise reflects the contemporary amazement with Australian natural history generally: ‘There is, perhaps, no extent of country in the world that can boast of a more copious or diversified assemblage of interesting objects in every department of natural history than New Holland: it bursts upon our view at the first glance like a new creation: the naturalist contemplates its various productions with astonishment, and is almost inclined to imagine its stores of novelty inexhaustible.’
Carter, Banks Bibliography, p.163; Ferguson, 408; Musgrave, Bibliography of Australian Entomology, p.70; Nissen, Zoology, 1143-5’]


Publishing details: London, for the Author, by Bensley [or] Rivington, 1798–1800–1805.
Ref: 1000
Sowerby George Brettingham junior.view full entry
Reference: A Conchological Manual...
[from Hordern House catalogue, October 2020: ‘First edition of this attractive and profusely colour-illustrated guide to shells. Shell-collecting was a most popular eighteenth- and nineteenth- century pastime. during the great era of voyaging, shells from exotic lands were eagerly sought by specialist collectors and by the genteel classes to fill the curiosity cabinets considered indispensable in the well-appointed home. Sowerby aimed this Manual at the serious conchologist and dilettante alike. In his introduction he claims that ‘the study of shells... presents a fund of intellectual gratification, to many who cannot follow it beyond the cabinet and boudoir. They may examine, with admiration and moral improvement, the beautiful colouring and exquisite architecture of these wonders of the deep...’. A number of the species included in the Manual are found in Australian or Pacific waters, including Aspergillum, Ilba found on Kangaroo Island, the Myochama from New South Wales, the Nautilus, and the Stomatia, all of which are illustrated.
George Brettingham Sowerby junior was part of a remarkable family of natural history illustrators. His grandfather James was a botanical illustrator par excellence and illustrated, amongst a host of other works, J.E. Smith’s Botany of New Holland (1793) and Shaw’s Zoology of New Holland. His three sons followed in his footsteps, as did three grandsons and one great-grandson.
George Brettingham junior took over the mantle of conchologist from his father, and in time passed it on to his son of the same name. He was described after his death as ‘a mediocre naturalist, a shocking latinist, but an excellent draughtsman’. He went on to produce a large body of work including the completion of a number of his father’s projects, the most significant of which was the five-volume Thesaurus Conchyliorum, which took three generations of Sowerbys over forty-five years to complete.
dance, ‘A History of Shell Collecting’, p. 140; Nissen, 3910.’]
Publishing details: London, G.B. Sowerby, 1839. Octavo, with 24 handcoloured engraved plates.
Ref: 1000
Shephard Benjamin (1841–1887)view full entry
Reference: see Hordern House catalogue, October 2020:
‘[Original Manuscript Sketchbook of the H.M.S. Challenger Expedition 1872–1874]
Oblong quarto sketchbook, thirty-six leaves, including illustrated title-page and thirty-five ink and watercolour illustrations, all but title- page in full colour; original printed wrappers, backed in later tape. Inscribed
on front wrapper verso: “William Gurling. H.M.S. Challenger. Sydney. Australia.” , [1872–1874].
provenance: J. Welles Henderson, collector, historian, and founder of the Philadelphia Maritime Museum USA.
$175,000
4505185
A beautiful and important visual record of what Howgego has called “the most detailed and extensive examination of the world’s oceans in the history of exploration” (Encyclopedia of Exploration). This remarkable original watercolour sketchbook by Benjamin Shephard illustrates the historic scientific voyage of HMS Challenger. In 1968 J. Welles Henderson, collector, historian, and founder of the Philadelphia Maritime Museum, discovered the sketchbook in an antique shop in Boston. He purchased the volume and soon showed it to Harris B. Stewart, an oceanographer and member of the Maritime Museum’s underwater Advisory Board, who agreed that the drawings added “a delightful artistic postscript to the volumes already written about what is still considered the greatest of all oceanographic expeditions” (Stewart and Henderson, p.3). In 1972, on the centennial of the Challenger’s launch, the Philadelphia Maritime Museum published a facsimile volume of the sketchbook, with an introduction and detailed commentary by Stewart and Henderson accompanying each plate.
during their research on the sketchbook, Henderson and Stewart discovered that Benjamin Shephard served during the entire voyage of the Challenger, from November 1872 to May 1876. Shephard was born at Brixton, London in 1841, entered the navy in 1862, and died in Australia from tuberculosis in 1887 at the age of forty-five. “Evidently,” Henderson and Stewart write, “he found work not particularly to his liking, as he was promoted and demoted several times during his 25- year career.” He paid significant attention to his Challenger sketchbook, however, creating this series of splendid watercolours that show the work of an observant and skilled amateur artist.
The sketches are all approximately 240 x 320 mm. each featuring a view of the ship and framed with a caption-bearing border. Following the attractive pictorial title-page, they begin with a fanciful scene of the Challenger dredging the sea floor, with mermaids guiding the net below and bestowing it with shells and an old anchor. Stewart and Henderson
42
note that, like the sailors on most oceanographic expeditions, “those aboard the H.M.S. Challenger, although intrigued by the work of the scientists, were more interested in the ports which punctuated the long periods of observations at sea”. As well as depicting various ports of call Shephard included Challenger’s work at sea. “Twenty-five of the watercolours are port or other coastal views, covering Madeira, St. Thomas, Bermuda, Halifax, St. Michael’s, St. vincent, St. Paul’s Rocks, Fernando Noronha, Tristan de Cunha, Capetown, Prince Edward Island, Crozet Island, Kerguelen Island, and Mcdonald Island. Many of these depict other ships and boats, with forts, towns, and the occasional lighthouse in the background. Non-coastal scenes include one of a violent storm in the Gulf of Florida, a particularly attractive view of the ship at full sail “on her way to St. Paul’s Rocks,” and six paintings of the Challenger sailing, firing, and dredging among the Antarctic icebergs.
The front wrapper inscription, “William Gurling. H.M.S. Challenger. Sydney. Australia”, implies that prior to the 1960s discovery of this Album in Boston it was held in Sydney where Benjamin Shephard had died in 1887.
Howgego N5. [Benjamin Shephard]; Challenger Sketchbook B. Shephard’s Sketchbook Of The H.M.S. Challenger Expedition 1872–1874 Prepared And Edited For Publication By Harris B. Stewart, Jr. And J. Welles Henderson (Philadelphia: Philadelphia Maritime Museum, 1972.’]
Weddell Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Hordern House catalogue, October, 2020: ‘[Two original watercolour sketches of the Brig Jane and Cutter Beaufoy at their southernmost position in February 1823, during Weddell’s Third voyage].
Two watercolour and ink drawings, each approximately 178 x 1279 mm, captioned in manuscript below; framed.
[At sea, Antarctica], February, 1823.
$68,500
4505186
Two beautiful images by veteran sealer James Weddell documenting a vital moment in the history of Antarctic exploration, depicting his ships at the southernmost point reached by any sailor up to that point. His latitude mark of 74°15’S easily eclipsed the one set by Cook in 1774 at 71°10’S. The images are captioned “Brig Jane and cutter Beaufoy in latitude of South passing to the Southward through a chain of Ice Islands. February 1823,” and “Brig Jane and cutter Beaufoy in latitude 74°15’ South returning Northward 20th February 1823.” Both are signed by Weddell, the first faintly in pencil and the second in ink.
James Weddell’s 1822–24 expedition to Antarctica was to find new sealing grounds for fur and oil, after Arctic ones had become depleted. It was part of a general shift southward in the whaling and sealing business that followed from Cook’s and other late eighteenth century voyages into the Pacific, albeit delayed to some extent by the long Anglo-French wars of 1793–1815.
“In 1822, Weddell was sent in command of the brig Jane and the cutter Beaufoy to the southern seas. Over the course of two years, they visited and described the Cape verde Islands, South Orkney Islands, South Shetland Islands, and South Georgia Islands, wintered in the Falkland Islands, and described Tierra del Fuego, Patagonia, and Montevideo. during their southward sailing, they reached the highest southern latitude then attained. This area now bears the name Weddell Sea” (Hill).
“The season was unusually mild and tranquil, and ‘not a particle of ice of any description was to be seen.’ By 17.2.23 the two ships had reached 74°34’S / 30°12’W. A few icebergs were sighted but there was still no land in sight, leading Weddell to theorize that the sea continued as far as the South Pole. Another two days would have brought him to Coats Land but, to the disappointment of the crew, Weddell decided to turn back. The region would not be visited again until 1911, when Wilhelm Filchner discovered the ice shelf which now bears his name” (Howgego).
The images are in Weddell’s own hand and were used to illustrate his account of the journey, A Voyage Toward The South Pole in the years 1822–24. He arrived back from the voyage in July 1824 and these images are included -the image “Brig Jane and cutter Beaufoy in the latitude of South passing Southward...” is bound opposite page 35, and the image “Brig Jane and cutter Beaufoy in the latitude of 74°15’ South...” is bound opposite page 45, with virtually identical captions.
An historical important set of watercolours painted by the leader of the expedition depicting one of the celebrated achievements in first contact Antarctic exploration.
Hill, 1843 (Ref); Howegego, II:W18.’
Raleigh Charles Sview full entry
Reference: see Hordern House catalogue, October, 2020: ‘Panorama of a Whaling voyage in the Ship Niger.
Oblong folder, containing the series of 22 cabinet photographs of paintings; the albumen photographs each measuring approx. 100 x 175 mm mounted on card to form a concertina; printed captions mounted below each image; original brown cloth.
[New Bedford], circa 1880. Evidently very rare: this is one of the earliest recorded photographically illustrated exhibition catalogues. It was published to accompany the 1880 display of a remarkable suite of 22 paintings of the Niger’s four- year whaling voyage. Raleigh, a retired seaman, was a “fancy painter of carriages and house interiors” as well as a sign and boat painter in New Bedford, when he took up a second career as a painter of maritime art. The photographs here are of his series of oil paintings, each measuring six by eleven feet, which were designed to form a vast discontinuous panorama of a whaling voyage. Some seventeen of the paintings are held today in the New Bedford Whaling Museum, and Philip Purrington’s 4 Years A-whaling: Charles S. Raleigh, Illustrator (New Bedford, Mass., 1972) has published them in full with explanatory materials. The images were painted in 1878–80 and exhibited sporadically until 1904.
The Niger departed New Bedford in 1870 for the Pacific. It sought whales in the waters near Tristan da Cunha before entering the Indian Ocean, skirting the south coast of Australia and finally spent seven months in New Zealand, visiting the Bay of Islands, Auckland, Portand Russell, before stopping at Norfolk Island and Savage Island.
Young Blamireview full entry
Reference: The Art of Water Colour by Blamire Young.
‘An informative manuscript written by the great exponent of this medium’. Photographic reproduction of the manuscript together with typescript. Some black & white llustrations. Includes a ‘biography from the family’s perspective’.
Publishing details: published by Jennifer McConnell, 2013, 62pp, pb.
Young Williamview full entry
Reference: see website sabamist.com.au, biography by Stephen Marshall:
William Young
(1875-1944)
William Young was the pseudonym used from 1919 to 1944 by the British/Australian artist Paul Sidney Goodwin.
Goodwin was born on 28 January 1875 in the family home situated at Cambridge Road, Southampton, England. He was known by his middle name, Sidney, and was the elder son and fourth child born to William Sidney Goodwin and his wife Elizabeth.
William was a soldier in the British Army who rose to the rank of Quartermaster-sergeant in the Royal Engineers. He travelled extensively in Europe, northern Africa and the Middle East on survey duties before being stationed in Southampton where he married Elizabeth Young in 1865.
For the first half of the 1880s Sidney attended the St Martin-in-the-fields School in London and the family lived at 1 St Martins Place, immediately adjacent to the National Gallery and National Portrait Gallery. Being in such close proximity to major London galleries reinforced the love of art shared by Sidney, his younger brother Charles and their father William. After returning to Southampton, William became a member of the Southampton Art Society (SAS) and served on its council from 1889 until his death in 1915. Sidney also joined and became a regular exhibitor who received critical acclaim from his very first exhibition when aged only fourteen.
Sidney returned to London in 1894 to study at the Croydon School of Art and in the same year commenced exhibiting with the Royal Hibernian Academy of Arts (RHA) in Dublin and his association with both the SAS and RHA was to continue for many years.
In addition to the support received from his father, Sidney's artistic endeavours were also greatly encouraged by his uncle, Albert Goodwin (1845-1932), a member of the Royal Watercolour Society. Albert, the most successful painter of this talented family, studied with the Pre-Raphaelite painters Arthur Hughes and Ford Madox Brown and was influenced by J. M. W. Turner. Like Sidney, his talent was observed at a young age and his first painting exhibited at the Royal Academy was hung when he was only fifteen.
A restlessness for travel, a passion he shared with other family members, constantly compelled Sidney to explore the world and accompanied by Albert Goodwin he visited Canada in 1890 when only a teenager. Sidney returned to Canada on multiple occasions working as a farm labourer and painting when he could, his riding skills and love of horses securing him work on North American ranches as a cowboy. Despite his regular travel Sidney continued to exhibit with the RHA, SAS as well as the Bournemouth Art Society (BAS). His stated address remained that of his father's home in Southampton although by 1911 he resided partly in Canada, partly in Southampton and partly with his sister Carmine in Dublin.
Sidney was a 39-year-old, unmarried man when WWI commenced. The British armed forces initially consisted solely of volunteers and the commonly held belief was that the war would be over in months. In December 1915 William died in Southampton but Sidney was not present at his father's funeral. In January 1916 conscription of unmarried men aged over 18 and less than 41 was introduced but compulsory service did not apply to men in Ireland and as Sidney had been living in Canada, England and Ireland since at least 1911 it is likely he declared himself a resident of Dublin ensuring he avoided conscription based on both age and place of residence. It was also likely he was again overseas and uncontactable during this period explaining the absence from his father's funeral.
After his father's death in 1915 Sidney ceased exhibiting with the SAS and in 1916, he was no longer listed as a council member, a position he had held since 1911. Throughout the war however he continued exhibiting at the RHA seeming to confirm he had officially adopted Dublin as his home.
WWI ended on 11 November 1918 and Sidney's Australian paintings, signed as W. Young, date from 1919. It is likely he departed Dublin for Sydney soon after the armistice was signed but the reasons for his permanent emigration are unclear. Australia was a land of new horizons and opportunities for those seeking to distance themselves from the exhausting European war, but merely wanting a new life in a new country does not necessitate a change of name and not only was his name changed, he went to great lengths to remain completely anonymous.
William Young lived a financially independent existence and was comfortable, if not wealthy, during the war in post-depression Sydney. He bequeathed the real estate he owned to his friend Sophie Barker and the remainder of his estate was left in equal shares to his sisters Carmine and Daisy and his brother Charles.
Sidney Goodwin, also known as William Young, died at home in the affluent Sydney suburb of Woollahra from the effects of a cerebral haemorrhage on 23 September 1944; he was four months short of his seventieth birthday. Unmarried and without children, his legacy was his art but his desire for anonymity resulted in him flying under the radar of the Australian art fraternity between the wars. After his death he slipped into artistic obscurity and his watercolour painting was subsequently under-appreciated and under-valued. By viewing the body of work spanning seven decades, it is clear his most important cultural contribution was as a pictorial historian who adeptly captured everyday images of maritime, urban and rural life from many locations around the globe.
He is represented in the collections of Mitchell Library, State Library of New South Wales, New England Regional Art Museum, Wollongong Art Gallery and Southampton City Art Gallery.
Biography © Stephen Marshall.
Reproduced with permission.

NB information from John Wade to Stephen Scheding: William Young ‘changed his name from (Paul) Sidney Goodwin, NSW BDM records both names 21950/1945’.
Publishing details: sabamist.com.au - Biography © Stephen Marshall
Goodwin Paul Sidney
view full entry
Reference: see website sabamist.com.au, biography by Stephen Marshall:
William Young
(1875-1944)
William Young was the pseudonym used from 1919 to 1944 by the British/Australian artist Paul Sidney Goodwin.
Goodwin was born on 28 January 1875 in the family home situated at Cambridge Road, Southampton, England. He was known by his middle name, Sidney, and was the elder son and fourth child born to William Sidney Goodwin and his wife Elizabeth.
William was a soldier in the British Army who rose to the rank of Quartermaster-sergeant in the Royal Engineers. He travelled extensively in Europe, northern Africa and the Middle East on survey duties before being stationed in Southampton where he married Elizabeth Young in 1865.
For the first half of the 1880s Sidney attended the St Martin-in-the-fields School in London and the family lived at 1 St Martins Place, immediately adjacent to the National Gallery and National Portrait Gallery. Being in such close proximity to major London galleries reinforced the love of art shared by Sidney, his younger brother Charles and their father William. After returning to Southampton, William became a member of the Southampton Art Society (SAS) and served on its council from 1889 until his death in 1915. Sidney also joined and became a regular exhibitor who received critical acclaim from his very first exhibition when aged only fourteen.
Sidney returned to London in 1894 to study at the Croydon School of Art and in the same year commenced exhibiting with the Royal Hibernian Academy of Arts (RHA) in Dublin and his association with both the SAS and RHA was to continue for many years.
In addition to the support received from his father, Sidney's artistic endeavours were also greatly encouraged by his uncle, Albert Goodwin (1845-1932), a member of the Royal Watercolour Society. Albert, the most successful painter of this talented family, studied with the Pre-Raphaelite painters Arthur Hughes and Ford Madox Brown and was influenced by J. M. W. Turner. Like Sidney, his talent was observed at a young age and his first painting exhibited at the Royal Academy was hung when he was only fifteen.
A restlessness for travel, a passion he shared with other family members, constantly compelled Sidney to explore the world and accompanied by Albert Goodwin he visited Canada in 1890 when only a teenager. Sidney returned to Canada on multiple occasions working as a farm labourer and painting when he could, his riding skills and love of horses securing him work on North American ranches as a cowboy. Despite his regular travel Sidney continued to exhibit with the RHA, SAS as well as the Bournemouth Art Society (BAS). His stated address remained that of his father's home in Southampton although by 1911 he resided partly in Canada, partly in Southampton and partly with his sister Carmine in Dublin.
Sidney was a 39-year-old, unmarried man when WWI commenced. The British armed forces initially consisted solely of volunteers and the commonly held belief was that the war would be over in months. In December 1915 William died in Southampton but Sidney was not present at his father's funeral. In January 1916 conscription of unmarried men aged over 18 and less than 41 was introduced but compulsory service did not apply to men in Ireland and as Sidney had been living in Canada, England and Ireland since at least 1911 it is likely he declared himself a resident of Dublin ensuring he avoided conscription based on both age and place of residence. It was also likely he was again overseas and uncontactable during this period explaining the absence from his father's funeral.
After his father's death in 1915 Sidney ceased exhibiting with the SAS and in 1916, he was no longer listed as a council member, a position he had held since 1911. Throughout the war however he continued exhibiting at the RHA seeming to confirm he had officially adopted Dublin as his home.
WWI ended on 11 November 1918 and Sidney's Australian paintings, signed as W. Young, date from 1919. It is likely he departed Dublin for Sydney soon after the armistice was signed but the reasons for his permanent emigration are unclear. Australia was a land of new horizons and opportunities for those seeking to distance themselves from the exhausting European war, but merely wanting a new life in a new country does not necessitate a change of name and not only was his name changed, he went to great lengths to remain completely anonymous.
William Young lived a financially independent existence and was comfortable, if not wealthy, during the war in post-depression Sydney. He bequeathed the real estate he owned to his friend Sophie Barker and the remainder of his estate was left in equal shares to his sisters Carmine and Daisy and his brother Charles.
Sidney Goodwin, also known as William Young, died at home in the affluent Sydney suburb of Woollahra from the effects of a cerebral haemorrhage on 23 September 1944; he was four months short of his seventieth birthday. Unmarried and without children, his legacy was his art but his desire for anonymity resulted in him flying under the radar of the Australian art fraternity between the wars. After his death he slipped into artistic obscurity and his watercolour painting was subsequently under-appreciated and under-valued. By viewing the body of work spanning seven decades, it is clear his most important cultural contribution was as a pictorial historian who adeptly captured everyday images of maritime, urban and rural life from many locations around the globe.
He is represented in the collections of Mitchell Library, State Library of New South Wales, New England Regional Art Museum, Wollongong Art Gallery and Southampton City Art Gallery.
Biography © Stephen Marshall.
Reproduced with permission.
NB information from John Wade to Stephen Scheding: William Young ‘changed his name from (Paul) Sidney Goodwin, NSW BDM records both names 21950/1945’.
Publishing details: sabamist.com.au - Biography © Stephen Marshall
Calvert H Hview full entry
Reference: see website sabamist.com.au, biography by Stephen Marshall:
H. H. Calvert
(1870-1923)
Born on 30 December 1870 at St Pancras, London, Herbert Hepburn Calvert was the oldest of the three sons of Thomas Calvert and his wife Grace (nee Hepburn). In 1882 the family resided in Hornsey, London, but within the next few years they emigrated to New Zealand and after a short stay in that country they relocated to Australia in 1887. By 1894 Calvert lived in the Sydney suburb of Balmain and on 29 February 1904 he married Mary Elsie O’Brien at the New Unitarian Church located at 467 Pitt Street, Sydney.
Calvert painted watercolour studies of Australian bird life, often large scale depictions, and was active from at least 1910 until his death in 1923. The work of his son, Harold Hepburn Calvert (1906-1963), is commonly confused with his due to the similarity in names and styles. Dates and signatures, however, greatly assist in correct identification. Paintings dated 1923 and earlier were usually signed 'H. H. Calvert' and are attributable to the father. Those dated after 1923 are the work of the son and were typically signed 'H. Hep. Calvert' or 'H. Hepburn Calvert'.
H. H. Calvert died on 16 February 1923 from broken ribs and other abdominal injuries sustained as a result of an accident while visiting Adelaide. He was found unconscious at the bottom of a staircase at the hotel in which he was staying and it was presumed that he had fallen. His body was returned to Sydney for burial at the Field of Mars Cemetery in Ryde and he was survived by his wife, Mary and sons Herbert and Harold.
He is represented in the collections of Mitchell Library, State Library of New South Wales and Art Gallery of New South Wales.
Biography © Stephen Marshall.
Reproduced with permission.
Publishing details: sabamist.com.au - Biography © Stephen Marshall
Cocks Robert Sidneyview full entry
Reference: see website sabamist.com.au, biography by Stephen Marshall:
R. Sidney Cocks
(1866-1939)
Robert Sidney Cocks, commonly known as Sidney, was born in Bathurst on 24 January 1866, the third of eight children born to William Cocks and his wife Margaretta (nee Hare).
Typically, Cocks painted scenes of the NSW south coast and Blue Mountains and regularly exhibited with art societies in Australia and New Zealand. Four of his works were chosen for inclusion in the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art in London and in 1916 he held his most successful solo exhibition at the Anthony Hordern and Sons Fine Art Gallery in Sydney. He is represented in the collection of the Art Gallery of New South Wales.
He died in Sydney on 10 August 1939.
Biography © Stephen Marshall.
Reproduced with permission.
Publishing details: sabamist.com.au - Biography © Stephen Marshall
Fitzgerald Gerald
(1873-1935)view full entry
Reference: see website sabamist.com.au, biography by Stephen Marshall:
Gerald Fitzgerald
(1873-1935)
Gerald Fitzgerald was born in Sydney on 31 March 1873, the seventh of eight children born to Robert David Fitzgerald and his wife Emily (nee Hunt).
He commonly painted scenes of the New South Wales south coast and Blue Mountains and regularly exhibited with art societies in Australia and New Zealand commencing with the Fourteenth Annual Exhibition of the Art Society of NSW in 1894. In 1898 three of his works were chosen for inclusion in the Exhibition of Australian Art in London.
He is represented in the collections of the Mitchell Library, State Library of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of New South Wales.
Fitzgerald died in Sydney on 8 February 1935.
Biography © Stephen Marshall.
Reproduced with permission.
Publishing details: sabamist.com.au - Biography © Stephen Marshall
Peerless Tomview full entry
Reference: see website sabamist.com.au, biography by Stephen Marshall:
Tom Peerless
(1858-1896)
Thomas Peerless, commonly known as Tom, was born in Brighton, England on 18 March 1858 the eldest son of fourteen children born to David John Fitzgerald and his wife Emily (nee Pockney). He emigrated to Australia arriving in Sydney about 1880.
He typically painted scenes of the Blue Mountains (New South Wales) and New Zealand landscapes. In 1895 three of his paintings were selected for inclusion in the Opening Exhibition of the Queensland National Art Gallery in Brisbane but his death from tuberculosis the following year at age 38 prematurely ended his promising painting career. He is represented in the collections of the Auckland Art Gallery, University of Otago Library (Hocken Collections), Manly Art Gallery and Museum, Mitchell Library, State Library of New South Wales and National Library of Australia.
Peerless died in Albury on 30 April 1896 and was survived by his wife Mary and daughters Constance and Elsie.
Biography © Stephen Marshall.
Reproduced with permission.
Publishing details: sabamist.com.au - Biography © Stephen Marshall
Tristram J Wview full entry
Reference: see see website sabamist.com.au, biography by Stephen Marshall:
J. W. Tristram
(1870-1938)
John William Tristram was born on 7 October 1870 at Gillingham, Kent, England. He was the oldest of eight children born to Samuel Herbert Tristram and his wife Hannah (nee Thompson) and arrived in Sydney with his parents and siblings on 21 December 1883.
As an artist, he was self-taught and took up serious drawing and painting soon after his arrival in Australia. His artistic talent helped to secure his first job and by April 1885 he was employed in the Civil Service of New South Wales as a junior draftsman in the Architect’s Branch of the Department of Public Instruction which became the Department of Education in 1915. He pursued this career until his retirement in 1930.
By the early 1890s Tristram lived in Sydney’s eastern suburbs. On 14 October 1891 he married Maude Face in Woollahra and for the next few years he resided and painted there and in Double Bay.
In 1899 he and his family moved north of Sydney Harbour to the leafy suburb of Mosman which, from it’s earliest days, had strong connections with the creative arts in Sydney. For the next decade he lived in a house named Lionesse in Rangers Avenue and this house still bears the pair of stone lions which guard the stairs leading to the front door. Lionesse was a play on words named in recognition of the epic poem Tristram of Lyonesse written by the British poet Algernon Charles Swinburne and first published in 1882. This work recounted the famed medieval tale of Tristram and Isuelt (Tristan and Isolde). Another poem by Swinburne, Sestina, was the inspiration for Tristram’s painting A world’s not wholly known of day or night. He remained a resident of Mosman until his death in 1938.
During his life Tristram was an active participant on the committees of three art societies. On 13 June 1894 he was elected a member of Art Society of New South Wales which became the Royal Art Society of New South Wales when its Royal charter was granted in 1903. By 1897 he was serving on its Council, a position he held continuously until 1923. Tristram exhibited with the Society in 1894-1910, 1912-1913 and 1916-1923.
In September 1923 he joined a select group of fourteen eminent artists to become a foundation member of the Australian Watercolour Institute. The Institute was modelled on the Royal Watercolour Society (established 1804) and the American Watercolor Society (established 1867). The impetus for its creation was the growing feeling amongst Sydney watercolourists that the existing art societies were not giving their work adequate respect and exhibition space. He exhibited with the Institute in 1924-1925, 1930 and 1932.
In 1927 Tristram became a foundation member of the Australian Art Society. According to the catalogue for its first annual exhibition 'This Society was founded with a view to fostering the true Australian outlook in art in emulation of the high standard achieved by the masters of Australian Art; to attract artists in sympathy with this ideal; and to afford the younger generation of artists an opportunity of showing what they are capable of doing.’ He exhibited with the Society in 1927-1928, 1930-1932 and 1934.
Tristram painted in watercolour and his style was soft and delicate. His approach to art was primarily aesthetic, with the objective of balancing elegance and harmony in the colours of a painting. Much of his work employed muted colour and was suggestive rather than realistic. His coastal scenes and rural landscapes were generally soft-edged and appeared as if viewed through coloured, misty veils. There was a sometimes mysterious, sometimes melancholic character to his paintings.
Aside from his painting, Tristram was a contributor of poetry to publications such as The Bulletin and The Lone Hand and was also a gifted musician. He died at St Vincent’s Hospital in Sydney on 19 August 1938 from liver disease and was survived by his wife Maude, sons Ashwin and John (Jack) and daughters Norah (Biddy) and Molly.
He is represented in the collections of National Gallery of Australia, Art Gallery of New South Wales, National Gallery of Victoria, Art Gallery of South Australia, Queensland Art Gallery and Museum of New Zealand, Te Papa Tongarewa.
Biography © Stephen Marshall.
Reproduced with permission.
Publishing details: sabamist.com.au - Biography © Stephen Marshall
Young Blamireview full entry
Reference: see see see website sabamist.com.au, biography by Stephen Marshall:
Blamire Young
(1862-1935)
William Blamire Young, commonly known by his middle name, is best remembered courtesy of an often-quoted passage within the 1921 book The Art of Blamire Young. In this the author describes him as 'a young man of twenty-three years, six feet three inches high, aesthetic and virile, uniting the Cambridge manner with the Bohemian spirit - a picturesque and paradoxical personality'. Intellectual, art critic, author, playwright, poet, horticulturalist and wine connoisseur, Young was to also become the most accomplished and influential Australian watercolourist of his generation. Born on 9 August 1862 at Londesborough, Yorkshire, Young was the second son of Thomas Young and his wife Mary (nee Bowser). He received a formal education which included study at the University of Cambridge from 1881 and his love of art was encouraged during this time as a member of the Cambridge Fine Art Society. He received his Bachelor of Arts degree on graduation in 1884.
A career in the clergy had been planned for Young but rejecting his father's wishes he applied for a teaching position in Katoomba and departed London on 6 January 1885 aboard Chimborazo for a colonial adventure in New South Wales. He was never to see his father again.
After eight years at Katoomba College Young returned to England in 1893 and subsequently received instruction from the famed artist and academic Hubert von Herkomer in Bushey, Hertfordshire. It was there on 1 July 1895 he married Mabel Sawyer and during this period he worked in the field of Art Nouveau poster design. Young enrolled again at Cambridge for post-graduate study and in 1897 was awarded his Master of Arts degree.
Young resumed his relationship with Australia in 1896, on this occasion accompanied by his new bride. They took up residence in Melbourne and Young collaborated with Norman Lindsay, Lionel Lindsay and Harry Weston designing posters. He joined the Victorian Artists' Society and exhibited with it in 1901-1907 and 1912. These years were financially grim but a series of moderately successful exhibitions between 1910 and 1912 offered some relief for the family.
Late in 1912 Young accompanied by his wife and two daughters departed Melbourne. This extended trip saw him sketch and paint in the Canary Islands, Portugal, Spain and France before eventually settling in Sussex. The commencement of WWI then interfered with his painting career and as a man in his fifties he volunteered to serve as a firearms instructor in the British Army.
After the war he exhibited in London at the Royal Academy of Arts, Royal Society of British Artists, Royal Institute of Painters in Water Colours, National Portrait Society, Fine Art Society and International Society of Sculptors, Painters and Gravers. He also had pictures hung at the Royal Scottish Academy in Edinburgh, The Salon in Paris and Art Institute of Chicago.
Having tasted some international success Young returned to Melbourne in 1923 and lived out the remainder of his days widely regarded as one of Australia's greatest watercolourists. He died on 14 January 1935 at his home in Montrose and was buried in the local cemetery at Lilydale. He was survived by his wife Mabel and daughters Ida and Lalage and today is represented in the collections of every major public gallery in Australia.
Biography © Stephen Marshall.
Reproduced with permission.
Publishing details: sabamist.com.au - Biography © Stephen Marshall
10 Australians view full entry
Reference: exhibition catalogue, France, Germany, Italy, Great Britain
Publishing details: 1974 - 1975
Ref: 8.5
Parker Luke artist curatorview full entry
Reference: see Narelle Jubelin - Vision in Motion. Curated by Luke Parker and Ann Stephen. ‘The University Art Gallery is delighted to present the art of Narelle Jubelin. Vision in Motion spans three decades of Jubelin’s work, from her sewn renditions to recent video & installation works.’
Publishing details: Syd. The University of Sydney. 2012. 4to. Bound in linen. 100pp. col & b/w ills. Exhibition Catalogue.
Redgate Jacky with biography p44 100view full entry
Reference: see Narelle Jubelin - Vision in Motion. Curated by Luke Parker and Ann Stephen. ‘The University Art Gallery is delighted to present the art of Narelle Jubelin. Vision in Motion spans three decades of Jubelin’s work, from her sewn renditions to recent video & installation works.’
Publishing details: Syd. The University of Sydney. 2012. 4to. Bound in linen. 100pp. col & b/w ills. Exhibition Catalogue.
Jubelin Nelson Corrales p28view full entry
Reference: see Narelle Jubelin - Vision in Motion. Curated by Luke Parker and Ann Stephen. ‘The University Art Gallery is delighted to present the art of Narelle Jubelin. Vision in Motion spans three decades of Jubelin’s work, from her sewn renditions to recent video & installation works.’
Publishing details: Syd. The University of Sydney. 2012. 4to. Bound in linen. 100pp. col & b/w ills. Exhibition Catalogue.
Itazu Satoru p20view full entry
Reference: see Narelle Jubelin - Vision in Motion. Curated by Luke Parker and Ann Stephen. ‘The University Art Gallery is delighted to present the art of Narelle Jubelin. Vision in Motion spans three decades of Jubelin’s work, from her sewn renditions to recent video & installation works.’
Publishing details: Syd. The University of Sydney. 2012. 4to. Bound in linen. 100pp. col & b/w ills. Exhibition Catalogue.
Seidler Penny p18view full entry
Reference: see Narelle Jubelin - Vision in Motion. Curated by Luke Parker and Ann Stephen. ‘The University Art Gallery is delighted to present the art of Narelle Jubelin. Vision in Motion spans three decades of Jubelin’s work, from her sewn renditions to recent video & installation works.’
Publishing details: Syd. The University of Sydney. 2012. 4to. Bound in linen. 100pp. col & b/w ills. Exhibition Catalogue.
Rodius Charles mention p xxxview full entry
Reference: see William Romaine Govett. SKETCHES OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Written and illustrated for the Saturday Magazine in 1836-37. Together with an essay on the Saturday Magazine by Gaston Renard and an account of his life by Annette Potts.
Publishing details: Melb. Gaston Renard. 1977. 4to. Or.illustrated cloth. 91pp. b/w ills. 1st ed. Limited to 250 copies, this is copy no. 83, signed by Annette Potts and Gaston Renard. With Index.
Baines Thomas 1820-75view full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Banks Joseph 1743-1820view full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Baudin Nicholas 1754-1803view full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Bauer Ferdinand 1760-1826view full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Bauer Franz brother of Ferdinand 1view full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Cook Captain Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Flinders Matthew 1774-1814view full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Forster Georg 1754-1794view full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Forster Johann 1729-1798view full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Gould Johnview full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Havell Robertview full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Lesueur Charles Alexanderview full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Martens Conradview full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Nodder Frederick Polydoreview full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Parkinson Sydney 1745-1771view full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Poole Brianview full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Port Jackson Painterview full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Raper George 1769-1797view full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Solander Danielview full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Stone Sarah c1760-1844view full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Watling Thomas 1762-?view full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Webber John 1751-1793view full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Webber John 1751-1793view full entry
Reference: see Art & Nature - Three Centuries of Natural History Art from Around the World, by Judith Magee [’A remarkable visual journey through the exploration of the natural world, featuring many of the greatest natural history artists of the last 300 years, including John James Audubon, William Bartram, and brothers Franz and Ferdinand Bauer. Whether seeking fame, fortune, or simply the opportunity to share their breathtaking vision of nature, these scientists and artists were, in the words of Alexander von Humboldt, "spurred on by an uncertain longing for what is distant and unknown, for whatever excited my fantasy: danger at sea, the desire for adventures, to be transported from a boring daily life to a marvelous world." Biographical notes p250-55.
Publishing details: Greystone Books, 2010, hc, 256 pp, Profusely illustrated in colour.
Selleny Joseph 1824-75 p41view full entry
Reference: see John Degotardi: Printer, publisher and photographer by John Fletcher. Studies In Australian Bibliography series, Number 25. Edited by Walter Stone. Extensive biographical information on Degotardi and references to other artists. With index.
Publishing details: Wentworth Press / Book Collector's Society of Australia, 1984., Foolscap, or.wrap. (178 pages). First and only edition.
Scott Helena and Harriet p41view full entry
Reference: see John Degotardi: Printer, publisher and photographer by John Fletcher. Studies In Australian Bibliography series, Number 25. Edited by Walter Stone. Extensive biographical information on Degotardi and references to other artists. With index.
Publishing details: Wentworth Press / Book Collector's Society of Australia, 1984., Foolscap, or.wrap. (178 pages). First and only edition.
Scott Harriet and Helena p41view full entry
Reference: see John Degotardi: Printer, publisher and photographer by John Fletcher. Studies In Australian Bibliography series, Number 25. Edited by Walter Stone. Extensive biographical information on Degotardi and references to other artists. With index.
Publishing details: Wentworth Press / Book Collector's Society of Australia, 1984., Foolscap, or.wrap. (178 pages). First and only edition.
Degotardi Johnview full entry
Reference: John Degotardi: Printer, publisher and photographer by John Fletcher. Studies In Australian Bibliography series, Number 25. Edited by Walter Stone. Extensive biographical information on Degotardi and references to other artists. With index.
Publishing details: Wentworth Press / Book Collector's Society of Australia, 1984., Foolscap, or.wrap. (178 pages). First and only edition.
printingview full entry
Reference: see John Degotardi: Printer, publisher and photographer by John Fletcher. Studies In Australian Bibliography series, Number 25. Edited by Walter Stone. Extensive biographical information on Degotardi and references to other artists. With index.
Publishing details: Wentworth Press / Book Collector's Society of Australia, 1984., Foolscap, or.wrap. (178 pages). First and only edition.
photographyview full entry
Reference: see John Degotardi: Printer, publisher and photographer by John Fletcher. Studies In Australian Bibliography series, Number 25. Edited by Walter Stone. Extensive biographical information on Degotardi and references to other artists. With index.
Publishing details: Wentworth Press / Book Collector's Society of Australia, 1984., Foolscap, or.wrap. (178 pages). First and only edition.
Prout John Skinner 1850 panorama p17view full entry
Reference: A panoram by Prout was shown in Regent Street. London, ‘from drawings made in an eight year residency in the colonies’, see p17, John Degotardi: Printer, publisher and photographer by John Fletcher. Studies In Australian Bibliography series, Number 25. Edited by Walter Stone. Extensive biographical information on Degotardi and references to other artists. With index.
Publishing details: Wentworth Press / Book Collector's Society of Australia, 1984., Foolscap, or.wrap. (178 pages). First and only edition.
Baron W H artist passing reference p25view full entry
Reference: see John Degotardi: Printer, publisher and photographer by John Fletcher. Studies In Australian Bibliography series, Number 25. Edited by Walter Stone. Extensive biographical information on Degotardi and references to other artists. With index.
Publishing details: Wentworth Press / Book Collector's Society of Australia, 1984., Foolscap, or.wrap. (178 pages). First and only edition.
Carmichael John passing reference p25view full entry
Reference: see John Degotardi: Printer, publisher and photographer by John Fletcher. Studies In Australian Bibliography series, Number 25. Edited by Walter Stone. Extensive biographical information on Degotardi and references to other artists. With index.
Publishing details: Wentworth Press / Book Collector's Society of Australia, 1984., Foolscap, or.wrap. (178 pages). First and only edition.
Hogarth Julius sculptor silversmith jeweller p51view full entry
Reference: see John Degotardi: Printer, publisher and photographer by John Fletcher. Studies In Australian Bibliography series, Number 25. Edited by Walter Stone. Extensive biographical information on Degotardi and references to other artists. With index.
Publishing details: Wentworth Press / Book Collector's Society of Australia, 1984., Foolscap, or.wrap. (178 pages). First and only edition.
Terry Frederick Cview full entry
Reference: The Parramatta River, illustrated by F. C. Terry. Six illustrations.
Publishing details: Lith. J. Degootardi, 20 York Street, Sydney, 6pp
Ref: 1000
Thomas E p116 brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see John Degotardi: Printer, publisher and photographer by John Fletcher. Studies In Australian Bibliography series, Number 25. Edited by Walter Stone. Extensive biographical information on Degotardi and references to other artists. With index.
Publishing details: Wentworth Press / Book Collector's Society of Australia, 1984., Foolscap, or.wrap. (178 pages). First and only edition.
Andrews C W p117 brief referenceview full entry
Reference: see John Degotardi: Printer, publisher and photographer by John Fletcher. Studies In Australian Bibliography series, Number 25. Edited by Walter Stone. Extensive biographical information on Degotardi and references to other artists. With index.
Publishing details: Wentworth Press / Book Collector's Society of Australia, 1984., Foolscap, or.wrap. (178 pages). First and only edition.
Mason W G p117 brief referenceview full entry
Reference: see John Degotardi: Printer, publisher and photographer by John Fletcher. Studies In Australian Bibliography series, Number 25. Edited by Walter Stone. Extensive biographical information on Degotardi and references to other artists. With index.
Publishing details: Wentworth Press / Book Collector's Society of Australia, 1984., Foolscap, or.wrap. (178 pages). First and only edition.
Mason W G p117 brief referenceview full entry
Reference: see John Degotardi: Printer, publisher and photographer by John Fletcher. Studies In Australian Bibliography series, Number 25. Edited by Walter Stone. Extensive biographical information on Degotardi and references to other artists. With index.
Publishing details: Wentworth Press / Book Collector's Society of Australia, 1984., Foolscap, or.wrap. (178 pages). First and only edition.
Young Blamireview full entry
Reference: see Blamire Young, a 3-volume thesis by Elly Fink (for MA?)
Publishing details: Melbourne or Sydney University?
Goold Bruceview full entry
Reference: Josef Lebovic Gallery catalogue

Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Gallery, [1986] 
13 p., [11] p. of plates : ill. 
Ref: 1000
Goold Bruce books illustrated byview full entry
Reference: The new sun / Kris Dusseldorp ; linocuts by Bruce Goold
by Dusseldorp, Kris (Kristina), 1948-2007
[Elwood, VIC] : Real Film and Publishing, 2018
 
The jumping jeweller of Lavender Bay / written by Hugh Atkinson ; illustrated by Bruce Goold
by Atkinson, Hugh
Ringwood, Vic. : Viking, 1992
 
Wildlife : Australia's flora and fauna gently observed / Nick Drayson ; illustrations by Bruce Goold
by Drayson, Nicholas
Sydney : Collins, 1988
 
The Patric Juillet cookbook : practical gourmet cuisine from one of Australia's finest chefs / linocuts by Bruce Goold ; photographs by Per Ericson
by Juillet, Patric
North Ryde, N.S.W. : Angus & Robertson, 1984
Ref: 1000
Goold Bruceview full entry
Reference: Bruce Goold, Josef Lebovic Gallery catalogue
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Gallery, 1990, [24] p. : chiefly ill. ; 21 cm. 
Ref: 1000
Lindsay Darylview full entry
Reference: see lot 472, Cheffins, October 29, 2020, Cambridge, United Kingdom:
Sir Ernest Daryl Lindsay and the Ballet Russe of Monte Carlo, 1930s A personal archive compiled by Mrs.Vera Court of the Arts Theatrical Club, London comprising original photographs and ephemera relating to the Ballet Russe of Monte Carlo, to include signed images of Vera Nemtchinova and Olga Morosova, a Christmas card (1938) addressed to Vera Court extensively inscribed in French by Wassily de Basil, another from Daryl Lindsay dated Nov. 23rd from the Russian Ballet Tour, Australia (1938-1939), photographs of members of the company relaxing/dancing on the beach, an original ink and watercolour drawing of a female ballet dancer signed by Lindsay and dated 1937, a print and other material.
Selleny Joseph 1824-75view full entry
Reference: see Christies London, lot 64, 15 October - 5 November, online auction, Topographical Pictures including China Trade Paintings:

Joseph Selleny (1824-1875)
Shipping on the Pasig River at Manila
signed with monogram and indistinctly titled 'JS. / Canal della Kar...' (lower right), numbered '673/73' on the reverse
pencil and watercolour on paper
unframed
131⁄8 x 231⁄2in. (33.3 x 59.6cm.)
Selleny was appointed artist to the voyage of the Austrian frigate Novara which circumnavigated the world between 1857 and 1859. He is thought to have produced in the region of two thousand sketches during the voyage, a selection of which were used to illustrate Scherzer's Reise der Östereichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde, in den Jahren 1857, 1858, 1859, unter den Befehlen des Commodore B. von Wüllersdorf-Urbair, Vienna, 1861-62 (and its companion edition in English). For a recent survey of his work on the voyage, see the exhibition catalogue Der Freie Horizont, Die Weltumseglung der Novara und Maximilians Mexikanischer Traum, Landesmuseum Schloss Tirol, July-Nov. 2004. His voyage work is held in the collections of the Graphische Sammlung Albertina and Naturhistorisches Museum (Sammlung Frauenfeld, Selleny), Vienna. The Novara was at Manila 15-25 June 1858.

For similarly formatted panoramic views taken at Manila see the Landesmuseum Schloss Tirol exhibition catalogue, pp.219-20 (4.12/1 'Santa Cruz auf der Insel Manila' and 4.12/2 'Am Hafendamm von Manila').

Clint Alfredview full entry
Reference: Gibson, G. Herbert (1846–1921) Southerly busters by Ironbark, profusely illustrated by Alfred Clint, with additional illustrations by Montagu Scott.
Publishing details: John Sands, Sydney 1878

Ref: 1000
Scott Montagu view full entry
Reference: see Gibson, G. Herbert (1846–1921) Southerly busters by Ironbark, profusely illustrated by Alfred Clint, with additional illustrations by Montagu Scott.
Publishing details: John Sands, Sydney 1878

Christmas Ernest William (1863 - 1918) websiteview full entry
Reference: see http://ernestwilliamchristmas.com
Ernest William Christmas RBA (1863 - 1918)

"He did not mind what hardships he endured so long as he found subjects for his brush." 1

The Australian born landscape painter, Ernest William Christmas is said, in an age before air travel, to have travelled about 200,000 miles in the course of his career "penetrating, in search of the picturesque, many parts of the world where few white men had preceded him". 2   His upbringing in the rugged, developing country of Australia equipped him with the self-confidence and self-reliance repeatedly to venture off the beaten track to seek out in particular the mountain and lakeland scenes which he would become especially skilled at depicting,3  whilst his genial character ensured he made new friends and contacts wherever he went.4  Over the years he painted in Australia and New Zealand, in Europe, in South America and in North America, particularly Hawaii. In addition to producing his own work for exhibition and sale, he also undertook commissions for governments and businesses,5  guided public art galleries on their choice of works of art for their collections,6  provided illustrations for publications, 7 and, during the First World War, undertook artistic projects in support of patriotic causes.8  He undertook the selection of art works from Europe for a large exhibition staged in Melbourne, Australia, in 1902-3,9  on occasion acted as a go-between for other artists seeking a market for their work10 and offered private lessons and advice to aspiring artists, both amateur and professional.11  Christmas led a full and artistically prolific life, cut short (on the eve of another envisaged adventure to visit and paint in the islands of the South Seas) by his premature death in 1918 aged 55.
Early Life
Ernest William Christmas was born in 1863 at Yankalilla, near Adelaide, South Australia,12  the eldest of eleven children born to first generation English-born immigrants to Australia, John James and Martha Christmas, who were both in their teens when they made their separate arrivals in Australia.
Christmas' father must have had quite an independent and entrepreneurial character, which his son appears to have emulated. From an agricultural labouring family in the Lincolnshire Fens in England, John James Christmas arrived as a voluntary emigrant in Australia in 1857 at the age of nineteen13  (Christmas' mother, Martha, had arrived in 1853 at about the age of fourteen, with her parents and siblings.) 14  He pursued a successful and varied career as a farmer, baker, storekeeper, mining agent and gold prospector, rising to serve as a Justice of the Peace and eventually as Mayor of Kadina in 1880.15

The Christmas family moved from Yankalilla to nearby Goyder, Port Wakefield when Ernest was still an infant, before moving on to Kadina, also near to Adelaide, when Christmas was about eleven years old. 16 Christmas is said to have been educated in Adelaide and to have "assisted his father in his business until grown up, when he took up the study of painting in oils".17  Either with, or in emulation of, his father (who would eventually die at a gold camp in Kanowna, Western Australia, in 1902), Christmas was one of those to take part in the 1886 "ruby rush" to the MacDonnell Ranges in the Central Australian Bush.18   Surviving oil paintings of his of that region may suggest he took advantage of this visit to new scenes to practice his art.
Early Artistic Development
Christmas is believed to have been educated artistically in Australia in Adelaide and Sydney19  and the landscapes of Australasia were his early and continuing study. In the summer of 1891-2 he took a painting trip up the River Murray, perhaps inspired by the paintings of Henry James Johnstone (1835-1907), the English born but Melbourne based photographer and artist, whose realistic, one might say almost photographic, paintings of scenes of nature, including of the River Murray, may have provided a pattern for similar early works of Christmas.20  Also around this period he visited and painted in Victoria, New South Wales and Tasmania, producing mainly oil and occasionally watercolour depictions of mountain and river scenes and other views from those areas, and exhibited at the Art Societies of Melbourne, Sydney and Adelaide 21 , in the process cementing "the high opinion many have formed of his ability as a delineator of Australian landscape". 22   His reputation was also spreading abroad with an invitation for one of his paintings to be exhibited at the Royal Institute of Scotland in 1892,23 and he now determined to broaden his artistic education beyond that he had attained in Australia.
In about 1895 Christmas travelled to Sydney, intending thence to take a ship to England "but when he got to Sydney he was very successful and the artists there advised him to visit New Zealand. This he did, and he found such field for his brush that he remained in the picturesque country for two and a half years".24 
Christmas revelled in the mountain and lakeland scenes he found in New Zealand, seeking out the remote (he remarked how "if you get off the beaten track it means hard work, and it takes it out of you if you are not accustomed to mountaineering"25)  and valuing the company and assistance of the native Maori people there.26 His work found an appreciative audience in New Zealand where he was judged to have "caught successfully the peculiar freshness of the New Zealand landscape and the atmospheric effects characteristic of our scenery"27  in a style which was seen as in striking contrast to that of his Australian pictures. He returned to Australia from New Zealand in 1897 with some 500 sketches of the scenery he had encountered which, it was said, "will provide him with material for five years without taking another sketch".28   For the time being, however, Christmas had other plans, with his proposed visit to England back on his mind.
Further Afield
Christmas exhibited widely within Australia and New Zealand in the 1890s, earning a rising reputation as a "painstaking and skilled artist" able to capture "a picturesque side in common places."29   In late 1899, however, he set out to travel to Europe to immerse himself in the art scene which was then perhaps at the cutting edge of the Western painting tradition and which, although perhaps most notably after a second visit to Europe about ten years later, would have a profound effect on his painting style.

Christmas's first visit to Europe lasted for the best part of three years. He planned to visit the Paris Exhibition, 30 and certainly on this trip produced paintings of French landscapes (in Paris and Picardy) and Mediterranean seascapes. He was in London "during the two seasons of 1901-2 ... and practically lived at the great exhibitions which are open from May to August", also visiting Wales and spending some months in Scotland, in Glasgow and in Edinburgh. He contributed works to exhibitions at the Royal Academy of Scotland, Leeds, Liverpool and at the Royal Institute Galleries in Piccadilly, London.31
Whilst in England, Christmas was appointed as the travelling art representative of the managers of the proposed Australian Federal and International Exhibition to be held in Melbourne, Australia late in 1902, entrusted with the task of selecting a collection of British and Continental pictures for inclusion in the exhibition. In fulfilment of this role Christmas eventually solicited and forwarded to Melbourne some 270 paintings, including 100 by Scottish artists of the then flourishing Glasgow School.32   Whilst this task undoubtedly severely restricted the amount of time Christmas had available to produce his own work, the value to him of the introduction it provided him with to so many of the prominent British artists of the day, including, for example, Sir Edward Poynter, Sir James Guthrie, Sir John Lavery, John William Waterhouse, Alfred East and Sir Alfred Parsons, was incalculable. He himself declared "it was an education as well as a luxury to have the run of studios of these men of genius, and to observe their different styles of treatment and masterly mode of expression".33
On his return to Australia, Christmas's painting style was remarked as being "greatly improved, having, in fact, undergone a complete change",34  his landscapes described as "depicted with great accuracy of detail and striking boldness of touch".35   His works from this period had evolved from a detailed, almost photographic naturalism towards a more impressionistic evocation of scene. He himself considered that during his stay in the United Kingdom he had "learnt so much. My style is completely altered. It is so much broader." He found the British scenery - and weather - suited his style of painting: "England is, in my estimation, much more paintable than Australia. The aim of a landscape painter is to get a beautiful soft effect. With hard and defined outlines there is no poetry in the picture. The misty effects in the old country help to this end." He found, however, the sale of his Australasian works there to be difficult: "The people do not understand the vivid colouring, not realising that this is a semi-tropical country."36
When interviewed in Adelaide in September 1903, Christmas's future plans were to "return to the Old Country [i.e. England] in a few weeks, and to take a studio in London". 37  It is not at present known whether he did so: his whereabouts from October 1903 to July 1905 are uncertain.

By August 1905 Christmas was again in New Zealand and was there "engaged by the Government as the representative of the Tourist Department to paint several large pictures showing the development of the country's resources, principally in regard to agriculture" and to depict some of the beauty spots of the country. These and other works (including an unusual sequence of paintings of different types of New Zealand wood depicted on boards made of each type of wood and featuring in the picture the trees from which the boards were taken) were exhibited at the Christchurch Exhibition and then planned to be toured around Australasia, America and England.38 

Christmas also submitted a bold scheme for obtaining an international selection of pictures for display at the Christchurch Exhibition, although it is not known whether this was implemented. 39  Christmas had planned, when he had completed his government commission in New Zealand, to "leave for a tour of the United States and then back to London".40   Instead he remained in New Zealand until about July 1908, based first at Wellington and then Auckland. He exhibited widely, including at the New Zealand Academy of Fine Arts in 1906, where he won first prize for a Wellington subject.41

Ernest (left) visiting UK family,
Gedney Hill, Lincolnshire circa 1910
By 1909 Ernest was again in England. A more established artist now, he exhibited widely, including at the Royal Institute and the Royal Oil Institute and had paintings accepted for the Summer Exhibitions at the Royal Academy in 1910 and 1911.
In 1909 he was elected to the Royal Society of British Artists allowing him to use the suffix R.B.A. after his name, as he would do in some of his subsequent paintings. He also become a member of the Langham Sketch Club.42

"An Adventurer For Art's Sake"
By 1911 Christmas had fresh travels organised, a new continent to explore and capture in paint. He journeyed to South America where he would spend the next two to three years painting extensively throughout Argentina, most notably (and perhaps most expectedly, given his penchant for mountain scenes) in the Andes, but also at the Iguazo Falls in the north of the country, around Cordoba, Parama, Buenos Aires and Mar del Plata, in the plains of Patagonoia and even in Tierra del Fuego, on the southernmost tip of the continent.43   Whilst near Mendoza in the Andes, Christmas apparently became the first artist44  to paint "The Christ of the Andes", the vast bronze statue erected high in the mountains on the Chilean/Argentinian border just a few years earlier in 1904 to mark the achievement of peace after the settlement of a long-standing quarrel between those two countries. He exhibited some of his works in Buenos Aires where they "called forth splendid criticism from artists and pressmen." 45 
As usual, Christmas clearly relished the fresh experiences encountered during his travels in South America, later reminiscing about "glittering Rio and the green Amazon, of gauchos he'd drunk maté with, and of liquid-eyed Senoritas".46

The purpose of his trip may have been a commission to provide illustrations for the 1914 (2nd Edition) of W H Koebel's publication Argentina Past and Present, where some 32 of his Argentinian paintings were subsequently reproduced. However, whilst in South America he is known also to have executed "a commission from one of the great railway companies for two or three paintings of life on the pampas."47 
In 1913 Christmas appears to have returned briefly to England, before setting out back across the Atlantic, this time travelling to North America. He arrived in New York in the United States of America in December of that year, apparently en route to San Francisco.48   Whether Christmas visited any other parts of North America whilst crossing the continent to San Francisco is not known, but by 1915 at latest he appears to have been resident in that city. There he exhibited during that year at the Society of Californian Artists' exhibition at the Golden Gate Museum and scored a notable success with his painting of El Christo de Los Andes (the statue of the Christ of the Andes which he had travelled to in Argentina) which won him a bronze medal in the "international section" of paintings exhibited at the Panama-Pacific International Exposition (or World Fair) held in San Francisco that year.49
At the start of the following year, Christmas was once more on the move, setting out from America bound for Australasia, the South Seas and the Orient. But once more he changed his plans en route, so struck by the beauties of the mountainous isles of Hawaii when he stopped off in Honolulu to exhibit some of his works that he chose to extend his stay there.50

Over the following two and a half years in the Hawaiian islands, Christmas "prolonged his stay from month to month, the while painting steadily".51   The volcanic island of Maui was a particularly favoured subject of his paintings, but he both painted and exhibited widely, as well as offering private tuition in his art. He also took time to contribute several works to the Patriotic cause in support of the Allied Forces in the Great War in Europe, resulting in his tackling some more unusual subject matter, including a depiction of "The Tragedy of the Lusitania" and the design of a poster to aid food conservation work on Maui.52

Christmas made a wide circle of friends during his stay in Hawaii. Reminiscences of his stay in the islands recall his "unusually genial and humorous disposition" and his gift for story-telling.53   One particular friend on the island of Maui was the manager of the Haleakala Ranch, Louis von Tempsky, New Zealand-born, with a sense of adventure and lust for life to match Christmas's.
Von Tempsky's daughter, Armine, would later write of Christmas's visits to Von Tempsky when they would hunt, drink and reminisce together: "They were two scamps giving their devils a scamper with Bacchus, while they plotted fresh mischief which scattered laughter and fun... In their widely different spheres Dad and Father Christmas had both lived constructively and done things which would live on. They had tackled life joyously, taken spills, got up, dusted themselves off, and gone on. They'd laughed at defeats, been merry and understanding with friends, but most of all they had stayed in love with life and relished every step of the way".54
Journey's End
Christmas, however (like Von Tempsky also) was no longer in the best of health. He had suffered for a number of years from heart problems, for which he carried a white powder in a "poison ring" for medication55   and his health was increasingly breaking down, resulting in his hospitalisation in Maui soon after his arrival there in Spring 1916.56
At one stage Christmas considered making his home in Hawaii,57  but subsequently he resumed his plans of two years earlier to travel back to Australia and then on for a tour of the South Seas and Java.

In December 1917 he announced that he would be staging a farewell exhibition and auction in Honolulu before leaving the islands.58   By July 1918 he "was awaiting transportation and expecting, from steamer to steamer, to depart for Australia".59   But, on the verge of this new adventure, Christmas was finally, permanently stopped in his tracks.
Suddenly, on July 28th 1918 Christmas was taken ill. He was rapidly admitted to the Queen's Hospital in Honolulu, but by the following morning he was dead from heart failure.60
A funeral service organised by the British Club and the local artists' colony was held for Christmas at St Andrew's Cathedral, Honolulu the day after his death.61   He was then buried at Oahu Cemetery, Honolulu where a commemorative plaque in his name can still be seen in the Columbarium.62

Text © Copyright Alison J Cassidy 2005 and 2008. All rights reserved.

Exhibition Catalogues
Catalogue of E W Christmas's exhibition at Bendigo, April 1899
Canterbury Society of Arts Annual Exhibition, 1907
The Royal Institute of Oil Painters: A Catalogue of the 27th Exhibition (1909)
The Royal Institute of Oil Painters: A Catalogue of the 28th Exhibition (1910)
The Royal Academy Annual Exhibition (1910 and 1911)
City of Hull Municipal Art Gallery: Catalogue of Inaugural Exhibition of Paintings (1910)
City Art Gallery, Leeds: Catalogue of the Spring Exhibition (1910)
South Australian Society of Arts: Catalogue of the 23rd Annual and Federal Exhibition (Nov-Dec 1920)
Scott Montaguview full entry
Reference: Embarrassingly Australian: Cultural identity and its relationship to time and place
Paper delivered at ACUADS 2012 in Perth, Western Australia. Day 1 Regional Arts – politics, culture and society. By Professor Ross Woodrow, Queensland College of Art, Griffith University. Article on Eugene Montagu Scott (1835 - 1909). After training in the RA London, he arrived in Australia from England in 1856 and never left...
Publishing details: Printed copy in Scheding Library and online at https://www.researchgate.net/publication/326894204_Embarrassingly_Australian_Cultural_identity_and_its_relationship_to_time_and_place
Alberts Tomview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Baker Suview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Blanchflower Brianview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Chambers Douglasview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Cinanni Cathyview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Larsen Lidija Dombrovskaview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Fardin Gallianoview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Fitzallen Chrisview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Haass Marieview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Hayim Andrewview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Iwanoff Michaelview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Kempson Jillview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Koning Theoview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Moore Maryview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Paul Johnview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Stannage Miriamview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Tonello Patriziaview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Tring Valerieview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Wiebke Karlview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Wroth Ianview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.
[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Poole G Temple view full entry
Reference: see Essays on art and architecture in Western Australia, by David Bromfield.
Publishing details: Perth : University of Western Australia, 1988. Folio, illustrated wrappers, pp. 199, illustrated.

Yeldham Joshuaview full entry
Reference: Providence. Arthouse Gallery exhibition invite with statement about exhibition, biographical details and 5 colour illustrations
Publishing details: Arthouse Gallery , 2020, 6pp (inserted inside Surrender Tree. Exhibition catalogue in Sceding Library)
Fieldhouse Simon view full entry
Reference: Simon Fieldhouse Exhibition at Australian Galleries. ‘Simon Fieldhouse infuses his work with warmth, whimsy and palpable reverence for his subject matter. A sharp observer with a deep appreciation for structures both ecological and architectural, Fieldhouse draws the viewer in through meticulous linework and vibrant colour harmonies. 
In this exhibition, Fieldhouse showcases his mastery of technique through his signature ink drawings, as well as a new and exciting series of paintings in oil.
Recent works is a visual celebration of iconic monuments and landscapes from the artist’s beloved Sydney, and international locations including Vienna, Barcelona, London and Paris. These highly engaging works are deeply infused with personal and cultural significance. 
 ’
Publishing details: Australian Galleries, 2020.
Ref: 1000
Snape Michaelview full entry
Reference: Michael Snape Exhibition at Australian Galleries. ‘Making art, whichever art it might be, is a research project.
The main function of a gallery is to provide a forum to show that research. Thank you to Australian Galleries.
This exhibition is one part of a long term project that addresses the following questions. 
What is sculpture? How can the life of sculpture be sustained? 
What constitutes clarity? When is something nothing and nothing something?
These works talk to each other to determine that.
They also talk to the long conversation which is The Sydney School of Sculpture conversation. 
 
Work on The folded forest began as the new casino at Barangaroo reached into the sky to look down onto Balmain. 
The eye is always absorbed by curves and the sculpture increasingly indicated lineage to that building. We can choose neither our parents nor our influences!
The works are drawn lines on steel cut and bent with heat to swell the steel into three from two dimensions. They employ Corten steel, a grinder with a cutting disc and heat for bending.
The sculptures made themselves out of this process revealing opportunities for both richness and simplicity.’
Publishing details: Australian Galleries, 2020.
Ref: 1000
Norris Nellie view full entry
Reference: see Windsor and Richmond Gazette (NSW : 1888 - 1961) Sat 28 Nov 1896. Page 4.
Miss Nellie Norris, of St. Joseph's Convent, has just finished a couple of excellent paintings, which are very creditable to the young artist, as also to her teachers.’
Eather Michaelview full entry
Reference: Michael Eather was born in Launceston, Tasmania in 1963. After graduating from the Tasmanian School of Art, University of Tasmania, with a Bachelor of Fine Arts (Sculpture) in 1983, Eather travelled north spending the years between 1984 and 1989 living and working between Maningrida, Northern Territory, and Brisbane, where he lectured at the Queensland College of Art, Morningside and the Queensland University of Technology, Kelvin Grove.
An articulate and energetic force in indigenous art circles, after the experience of curating the exhibition Balance 1990: Views, Visions, influences held at the Queensland Art Gallery (which explored the shared influences between indigenous and non-indigenous artists), in 1990 Eather became a co-founder of the Campfire Group, a collective of artists, both indigenous and non-indigenous, working on contemporary art projects and commissions. In 2005 the work of this group was examined in the exhibition SHOOSH! The History of the Campfire Group exhibited at the Institute of Modern Art, Brisbane.
Eather's work is held in several institutional collections including the Queensland Art Gallery, University Art Museum, University of Queensland, Perc Tucker Regional Gallery, Townsville, QUT Art Museum, Parliament House Art Collection, Canberra, and Artbank, and continues to be exhibited widely. In 2004 it was included in the exhibition Crossing the Line: Brisbane to Belgrade, Ethnographic Museum of Belgrade, Black and White, Artstation, Kollmitzberg, Austria (2003), Flotilla, Melbourne Museum (2002), Skin & Division: Michael Eather and Friends, Brisbane City Gallery (1997), and All Stock Must Go!, the 2nd Asia Pacific Triennial, Queensland Art Gallery.

Publishing details: Text courtesy Heiser Gallery.
Montgomery poster artist WW2view full entry
Reference: see Gibsons Australian, Maritime & Exploration featuring the Bob Munro Collection
November 8, 2020, Armadale, Australia, lot 443:
The Result of Uncensored Thoughtlessness
colour poster
Mobile Map Printing & Printing Coy
illustrated by Montgomery 1940
53.5 x 33.5cm
Shaw Roderickview full entry
Reference: see Australian National Maritime Museum wbsite:
A "painter, graphic artist, cartoonist and printer, was born on 17 September 1915 at Drummoyne, Sydney. After helping milk cows on his parents’ farm at the beginning of the Depression, he served an apprenticeship as a commercial artist during the Depression then studied at East Sydney Technical College [ESTC] in the late 1930s. He helped form the Windsor Group, which painted landscapes around Windsor (see catalogue) and married actress Frances Cottingham. After about four years in the RAAF (at the Commonwealth Aircraft Factory, acc. Fox), he exhibited in the 'Australia at War’ exhibition (National Gallery of Victoria, 1945), winning a first prize for one of his paintings of Civil Construction Workers.

A member of the Communist Party of Australia, Rod Shaw was one of the founders of the Studio of Realist Art [SORA] in 1945, a body set up partly in dissatisfaction with the Contemporary Art Society (which had sided against Dobell in the 1944 Archibald Prize case). He was most active in its public programs; he showed work at the annual exhibitions, wrote and published its regular bulletins, organised art classes and taught drawing to interested Waterside Workers. After the war, with Dick Edwards, he founded the publishing company of Edwards & Shaw, which produced some of the finest art and poetry books seen in Australia; one of the last was James Mollison’s Fred Williams Etchings . It also published, for the Council of Civil Liberties, the banned report of the English trial of Penguin Books for publishing Lady Chatterley’s Lover . He was also on the editorial board of Helen Palmer’s democratic-socialist journal Outlook , for which he drew cartoons and other humorous illustrations (Fox).

Despite having little time for painting, Shaw painted Cable Layers for the 1946 NSW Travelling Art Scholarship. He did not win, but after the oil was shown at SORA that year it was purchased by the Art Gallery of New South Wales. In 1947 (with Nan Hortin , John Oldham and Kevin Lynch ) he participated in the Australian section of the British Empire Exhibition at the Royal Easter Show, painting portraits of Henry Lawson, John Macarthur and Peter Lalor. His Pyrmont Washing (originally titled Washing Out, White Bay Cutting ) of 1948 was exhibited in that year’s SORA show (ill. Merewether). In the early 1950s he and others (including Hortin) began painting a large mural in the Waterside Workers Federation offices depicting the story of the Labor Movement from the 1890s strikes onwards.

By the mid-1970s Shaw’s own paintings had turned more towards figurative abstraction, but he produced little because he was increasingly involved in publishing and teaching. He contributed articles and illustrations to Overland , eg 'Dear Stephen’ no. 56 (Spring 1973), 23. Later he taught at Sydney University’s Tin Sheds and at ESTC. He died in December 1992 (see obit. Sydney Morning Herald , 8 December).

The Roderick Shaw collection of commercial illustrations, art posters and cartoons 1940-90 (Mitchell Library PXD 836) includes his business card; three pen drawings of Bathurst Island people, one dated 1942; drawings for magazines articles, stories and festivals; prints; four Aboriginal designs by Aboriginal artists in an A4 envelope (presumably 1942); four sketchbooks and loose leaves from sketchbooks; 13 political cartoons by 'Schweik’ (a pseudonym) and four other b/w drawings."
[Kerr, Joan. Design and Art Australia Online, 1996
https://www.daao.org.au/bio/roderick-malcolm-shaw/biography/]

Scott Montaguview full entry
Reference: see http://www.williamscott.net/montague-scott.html
Montagu Scott
Montague Scott  1834-1909
Christened Eugene Monatagu Scott he was born in Middlesex England. He ws the 4th and youngest son of William Scott and also an artist. He was also based at Sussex Cottage London and he exhibited at the Royal Acadamy London.
However in 1855 age 21 he emigrated to Australia. There he painted, mainly portraits and later race horses. He also worked for The Melbourne Punch and then The Sydney Punch becoming successful as a political cartoonist. He was comissioned to paint The Duke of Edinburgh.
Scott Montaguview full entry
Reference: Montagu Scott - entry in the Australian Dictionary of Biography
Scott, Eugene Montagu (Monty) (1835–1909)
by Suzanne Edgar

Eugene Montagu (Monty) Scott (1835-1909), cartoonist and illustrator, was born in London, son of William Scott, artist, and his wife Sarah, née Myers. He migrated to Victoria in the 1850s and worked as a photographer. On 20 July 1859 in Melbourne he married Amy Johnson. In 1857-65 he contributed drawings and cartoons to the Illustrated Australian Mail, Illustrated Melbourne Post and Melbourne Punch.

In 1866 Scott moved to Sydney as chief cartoonist for the Sydney Punch, producing unexceptional material for it till 1886. In 1867 he received a princely 250 guineas commission for a portrait of the Duke of Edinburgh. He was established in a photographic salon in George Street and in the 1870s his large wood-engravings and lithographs of rugged outdoor scenes, formal functions and public personalities regularly enlivened the Illustrated Sydney News. Many fine lithographs were issued as supplements including a portrait of (Sir) Henry Parkes. At the 1870 Intercolonial Exhibition in Sydney his 7 ft (2.1 m) by 3 ft 6 ins (1.1 m) oil, 'A Day's Picnic on Clark Island', was criticized by the Sydney Morning Herald for its 'grotesque little figures resembling gaudily bedecked marionettes', but when given to the Mitchell Library in 1930 it was praised for its faithful depiction of the fashions of the period.

Bankrupt in June 1870, Scott was forced to sell his photographic equipment to meet his creditors. In 1871 the Sydney Mail employed him as its first artist. In 1872 he had illustrations in two publications: Our Christmas Budget by H. W. H. Stephen and G. Bunster and Punch Staff Papers; in 1877 Sydney Punch ran a fine series of his chromo-lithographs, 'Our Collection of Worthies'. The December 1878 Sydney Punch included Arthur Clint's caricature of 'Monty' in sartorial attire with 'gad sir! air'. Clint and Scott illustrated 'Ironbark's' (G. H. Gibson) Southerly Busters of that year.

From 1880 the Bulletin carried some cartoons and occasional engravings of local dignitaries by Scott. The Brisbane Boomerang, founded 1887, ran his cartoons until 1891 when he drew the first cartoons for the Queensland Worker, continuing as its chief cartoonist until 1909. In 1889 he had moved to Brisbane and on 5 December married a widow, Mary Ellen Price, née Mehan; he lived there four years. His Queensland Worker cartoons were lively and admirably attuned to its optimistic, combative tone; they were being reproduced elsewhere years later. The Worker saw Scott as 'the personification of kindness' but photography eventually replaced his work. He was paid £1 5s. a cartoon but he lived 'from hand to mouth' during his last years, painting portraits and racehorses where he could, selling work to Sydney sporting papers, the Arrow, Referee, Star and Sunday Times and assisted by friends. He had become 'one of the best of the good old sort' and by August 1908, having received no orders for the previous eighteen months, was again bankrupt. On 15 May 1909, aged 74, he died at Randwick of cystitis and was buried in the Anglican section of Waverley cemetery, survived by his wife and by two daughters and a son of his first marriage.

Citation details
Edgar, Suzanne, 'Scott, Eugene Montagu (Monty) (1835–1909)', Australian Dictionary of Biography, National Centre of Biography, Australian National University, http://adb.anu.edu.au/biography/scott-eugene-montagu-monty-4547/text7453, accessed 24 February 2012.
This article was first published in hardcopy in Australian Dictionary of Biography, Volume 6, (MUP), 1976
Sydney Savagesview full entry
Reference: see Sydney Savages 1934 - 1955, by Adrian Ashton. [Black and white artists - to be indexed]
Publishing details: Sydney Savage Club, 1955, no 55 of a limited edition of 500 copies.
Savages - Sydney Savagesview full entry
Reference: see Sydney Savages 1934 - 1955, by Adrian Ashton. [Black and white artists - to be indexed]
Publishing details: Sydney Savage Club, 1955, no 55 of a limited edition of 500 copies.
Boake Barcroft Capel view full entry
Reference: see: Dominic Winter auction, 18 Nov 2020, lot 192:
Ninth-plate ambrotype of a British naval rating, c.1858, half-length and seated, wearing a group of 4 medals including a China 1841-42 and Crimean War medal, hand-tinted gilt and red highlights, edge tarnish, printed backing label of ‘Barcroft C. Boake, Photographic Artist, 100 Great Bourke St. East, Melbourne’, embossed leather half case with fastener, rubbed. Qty: (1). Barcroft Capel Boake (1838-1921) was an Irish-born Australian photographer who emigrated from Dublin to Melbourne in the 1850s. He operated at this address, c.1858-60.
Lindt John Williamview full entry
Reference: see Forum Auctions, London, UK, lot 147: New Guinea.- Lindt (John William, landscape and ethnographic photographer, 1845-1926) [Collection of photographs of indigenous people in New Guinea and on board HMS Dart], signed presentation copy from Lindt to Captain Field of HMS Dart with his ink inscription on front pastedown, 12 albumen prints (3 on HMS Dart, the rest on New Guinea), last 2 loose, first photograph image soiled, all laid down on card, original leather-backed cloth, gilt, lettered on upper cover "Australian Scenery. I.W. Lindt, photographer 7 Collins Street East Melbourne", rubbed, spine chipped at head and tail, g.e., photographs 150 x 205mm., oblong 8vo, [1885].

⁂ Inscription reads: "To Captain Field H.M.S. Dart in remembrance of the pleasant trip from Dinner Island to Sydney JW Lindt."

Photographs include: "Kerepuru women on the Market Place at Kalo..."; "Tupuselei at Port Moresbu"; "Koiari Chiefs Saddera Makera N.G."; "Tree Houses, Koiari District, N.G."; "Digaragara Is. from Cape Ventenat Normanby Is scene of Capt. Miller's murder [by Diaveri]," etc.

"In 1885 Lindt went with Sir Peter Scratchley's expedition to the Protectorate of British New Guinea as official photographer. He presented an album of his New Guinea photographs to the Indian and Colonial Exhibition in London in 1886." - Australian Dictionary of Biography.

Sir (Arthur) Mostyn Field (1855-1950), naval officer and hydrographer.
Bowen Stella view full entry
Reference: Correspondence of Ford Madox Ford & Stella Bowen, by S J Stang. [’...throws light on Ford Madox Ford at a crucial moment of his life...These letters represent the turning point in his life and career." - Frank MacShane. In 1917, Ford Madox Ford met the Australian painter Stella Bowen; they lived together from 1919 to 1928. For Stella, their home was 'a place in the sun and against the rain too'. For Ford this was the beginning of a new life that encouraged the completion of Parade's End. Much of the raw material for this novel appears in these letters. Their correspondence provides a rare portrait of Ford; his attitudes toward religion, education, morality, marriage, and art are expressed here unequivocally.’}
Publishing details: John Wiley & Sons, 1994, Hardcover, 500pp
Ref: 1000
Stravinsky’s Lunchview full entry
Reference: see Stravinsky’s Lunch by Drusilla Modjeska. [From Publishers Weekly: ‘British-born Modjeska is a longtime resident of Australia, where she published Poppy, a fictionalized biography of her mother, and The Orchard, a set of philosophico-feminist fictionalized lives that won a host of prizes down under. This book similarly recounts the separate lives of two lesser-known Australian women painters, Stella Bowen (1893-1947) and Grace Cossington Smith (1894-1984), focusing on their domestic arrangements and compromises. Bowen left Australia in 1914, never to return, instead painting, bearing a daughter to the married Ford Maddox Ford in London and unabashedly leading a precarious, bohemian life in Europe. A useful overview of the beginnings of modern Australian painting follow Bowen's often desperate story, before Modjeska picks up Smith in her quiet, Turramurra (Northern Australia) spinsterhood, where she painted what was around her. Modjeska seems much more interested in process than product, though she clearly loves the work of both artists, reproduced here in 85 b&w reproductions and 24 pages of color plates.’]
Publishing details: Picador, 1999 
xiv, 364 p. : ill., ports. (some col.)
Nolan Sidneyview full entry
Reference: Sir Sidney Nolan
Works from the Estate of Lady Nolan, Part III, Bonhams, Sydney, 24 Nov 2020. 124 lots.
Publishing details: Bonhams, Sydney, 2020.
Ref: 1000
Lefroy Charlotte Anne 1824-1903view full entry
Reference: see Bonhams, Sydney, Important Australian Art, 25 Nov 2020, lot 17 and 18
CHARLOTTE ANNE LEFROY (SCOTTISH / AUSTRALIAN, 1824-1903)
Jacaranda Minosifolio, Rose Wood of Brazil, 1881, titled lower left: 'Jacaranda Mimosa folio, Rose Wood of Brazil'
dated lower right: 'Sydney 81'
watercolour on tinted paper
37.0 x 26.0cm (14 9/16 x 10 1/4in).
PROVENANCE: Sotheby's, London, 27 May 1988, lot 105; Spinks & Son, Sydney, 1988 (card attached verso); Private collection, New South Wales. EXHIBITED: Australian Flowers (Chiefly Tasmanian), An Exhibition of Watercolours by Lady Charlotte Lefroy, Spinks & Son, Sydney, 29 November - 16 December 1988.
AND
CHARLOTTE ANNE LEFROY (SCOTTISH / AUSTRALIAN, 1824-1903)
(Hovea Montana, Mountain Purple Pea), 1881, dated lower left: 'August 1881'
watercolour on tinted paper
32.0 x 24.0cm (12 5/8 x 9 7/16in).
PROVENANCE: Sotheby's, London, 27 May 1988, lot 105; Spinks & Son, Sydney, 1988 (card attached verso); Private collection, New South Wales
EXHIBITED: Australian Flowers (Chiefly Tasmanian), An Exhibition of Watercolours by Lady Charlotte Lefroy, Spinks & Son, Sydney, 29 November - 16 December 1988
Lefroy Charlotte Anne 1824-1903view full entry
Reference: Australian Flowers (Chiefly Tasmanian), An Exhibition of Watercolours by Lady Charlotte Lefroy, Spinks & Son, Sydney, 29 November - 16 December 1988
Publishing details: Spinks & Son, Sydney, 1988
Ref: 1000
Cooke Albert C ink drawing birds eye view of Sydneyview full entry
Reference: see Bonhams, Sydney, Important Australian Art, 25 Nov 2020, lot 76:
ALBERT C. COOKE (BRITISH, 1836-1902)
Bird's Eye View of Sydney Harbour, 1893
signed, titled and dated lower right: 'A C Cooke / Bird's Eye View / of / Sydney Harbour / 1893', pen, ink and gouache on paper, 55.5 x 80.5cm (21 7/8 x 31 11/16in).
PROVENANCE: Private collection, Sydney
Angas George French lithograph of Sydneyview full entry
Reference: see Bonhams, Sydney, Important Australian Art, 25 Nov 2020, lot 14:
GEORGE FRENCH ANGAS (BRITISH, 1822-1886)
The City and Harbour of Sydney from Near Vaucluse
hand coloured lithograph by Thomas Boys, Lithographer
39.0 x 58.5cm (15 3/8 x 23 1/16in).
Footnotes
PROVENANCE
Private collection, Melbourne

EXHIBITED
Australian Paintings and Some Important Prints, Joshua McClelland Print Room, Melbourne, 27 March – 6 April 1969, cat. 24 (another example)
Joseph Brown Gallery, Melbourne, 1 – 14 September 1982, cat. 8 (illus., another example)

LITERATURE
'Fine Arts for England', Sydney Morning Herald, Sydney, 2 April 1853, p. 1
John Tregenza, George French Angas, Artist Trail Traveller and Naturalist 1822 – 1886, 1980, cat. 51, p. 83 (illus., another example)

RELATED WORKS
Other impressions of this print are held in the collections of the National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne and the National Gallery of Australia, Canberra
Utopia : Women, country and batikview full entry
Reference: Utopia : Women, country and batik, by Written and illustrated by Jenny Green. illustrated with portraits of the artists and the landscape. This publication was produced for an exhibition of batik from Utopia initially presented at the Adelaide Festival Centre Gallery in October, 1981. [to be indexed].
The first appearance in print of indigenous artist Emily Kame Kngwarreye.
Emily Kame Kngwarreye (or Emily Kam Ngwarray) was born circa 1910 at Alhalkere, Soakage Bore, in the Utopia community of the Northern Territory. In 1977, a series of government sponsored workshops, facilitated by artist Jenny Green, were brought to Utopia to teach the Aboriginal people the art of non-indigenous art of batik. These workshops saw the origins of the Aboriginal women’s art movement in Utopia, the first time indigenous women created artworks in their own right. In 1978 the Utopia Women’s Batik Group was formed, and in 1980 the first exhibition was held in Alice Springs. The following year, the Group exhibited in Adelaide, where Emily Kngwarreye made her first interstate trip, the present publication created to tell the story of the women. The first portrait is of Emily Ngwarai singing awulya, photographed by Jenny Green. It is almost certainly the first appearance in print of the artist Emily Kngwarrere (her name without agreed spelling at that time). Acrylic paints would be introduced to the community in 1988, where Emily Kngwarreye quickly took to the medium, and produced an astonishing 3000 paintings in a brief eight year career.
Emily died in 1996 and is regarded as one of the most significant painters in Australian art history.


Publishing details: [Utopia, N.T.] : Utopia Womens’ Batik Group, [1981]. Quarto screenprinted wrappers, pp. [25],
Ref: 1000
batikview full entry
Reference: see Utopia : Women, country and batik, by Written and illustrated by Jenny Green. illustrated with portraits of the artists and the landscape. This publication was produced for an exhibition of batik from Utopia initially presented at the Adelaide Festival Centre Gallery in October, 1981. [to be indexed].
The first appearance in print of indigenous artist Emily Kame Kngwarreye.
Emily Kame Kngwarreye (or Emily Kam Ngwarray) was born circa 1910 at Alhalkere, Soakage Bore, in the Utopia community of the Northern Territory. In 1977, a series of government sponsored workshops, facilitated by artist Jenny Green, were brought to Utopia to teach the Aboriginal people the art of non-indigenous art of batik. These workshops saw the origins of the Aboriginal women’s art movement in Utopia, the first time indigenous women created artworks in their own right. In 1978 the Utopia Women’s Batik Group was formed, and in 1980 the first exhibition was held in Alice Springs. The following year, the Group exhibited in Adelaide, where Emily Kngwarreye made her first interstate trip, the present publication created to tell the story of the women. The first portrait is of Emily Ngwarai singing awulya, photographed by Jenny Green. It is almost certainly the first appearance in print of the artist Emily Kngwarrere (her name without agreed spelling at that time). Acrylic paints would be introduced to the community in 1988, where Emily Kngwarreye quickly took to the medium, and produced an astonishing 3000 paintings in a brief eight year career.
Emily died in 1996 and is regarded as one of the most significant painters in Australian art history.


Publishing details: [Utopia, N.T.] : Utopia Womens’ Batik Group, [1981]. Quarto screenprinted wrappers, pp. [25],
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Utopia : Women, country and batik, by Written and illustrated by Jenny Green. illustrated with portraits of the artists and the landscape. This publication was produced for an exhibition of batik from Utopia initially presented at the Adelaide Festival Centre Gallery in October, 1981. [to be indexed].
The first appearance in print of indigenous artist Emily Kame Kngwarreye.
Emily Kame Kngwarreye (or Emily Kam Ngwarray) was born circa 1910 at Alhalkere, Soakage Bore, in the Utopia community of the Northern Territory. In 1977, a series of government sponsored workshops, facilitated by artist Jenny Green, were brought to Utopia to teach the Aboriginal people the art of non-indigenous art of batik. These workshops saw the origins of the Aboriginal women’s art movement in Utopia, the first time indigenous women created artworks in their own right. In 1978 the Utopia Women’s Batik Group was formed, and in 1980 the first exhibition was held in Alice Springs. The following year, the Group exhibited in Adelaide, where Emily Kngwarreye made her first interstate trip, the present publication created to tell the story of the women. The first portrait is of Emily Ngwarai singing awulya, photographed by Jenny Green. It is almost certainly the first appearance in print of the artist Emily Kngwarrere (her name without agreed spelling at that time). Acrylic paints would be introduced to the community in 1988, where Emily Kngwarreye quickly took to the medium, and produced an astonishing 3000 paintings in a brief eight year career.
Emily died in 1996 and is regarded as one of the most significant painters in Australian art history.


Publishing details: [Utopia, N.T.] : Utopia Womens’ Batik Group, [1981]. Quarto screenprinted wrappers, pp. [25],
Kngwarreye Emily Kame view full entry
Reference: see Utopia : Women, country and batik, by Written and illustrated by Jenny Green. illustrated with portraits of the artists and the landscape. This publication was produced for an exhibition of batik from Utopia initially presented at the Adelaide Festival Centre Gallery in October, 1981. [to be indexed].
The first appearance in print of indigenous artist Emily Kame Kngwarreye.
Emily Kame Kngwarreye (or Emily Kam Ngwarray) was born circa 1910 at Alhalkere, Soakage Bore, in the Utopia community of the Northern Territory. In 1977, a series of government sponsored workshops, facilitated by artist Jenny Green, were brought to Utopia to teach the Aboriginal people the art of non-indigenous art of batik. These workshops saw the origins of the Aboriginal women’s art movement in Utopia, the first time indigenous women created artworks in their own right. In 1978 the Utopia Women’s Batik Group was formed, and in 1980 the first exhibition was held in Alice Springs. The following year, the Group exhibited in Adelaide, where Emily Kngwarreye made her first interstate trip, the present publication created to tell the story of the women. The first portrait is of Emily Ngwarai singing awulya, photographed by Jenny Green. It is almost certainly the first appearance in print of the artist Emily Kngwarrere (her name without agreed spelling at that time). Acrylic paints would be introduced to the community in 1988, where Emily Kngwarreye quickly took to the medium, and produced an astonishing 3000 paintings in a brief eight year career.
Emily died in 1996 and is regarded as one of the most significant painters in Australian art history.


Publishing details: [Utopia, N.T.] : Utopia Womens’ Batik Group, [1981]. Quarto screenprinted wrappers, pp. [25],
architectureview full entry
Reference: see A spirit of progress. Art Deco architecture in Australia by VAN DAELE, Patrick van; LUMBY, Roy.
‘ensively illustrated. The deluxe edition, limited to 50 copies signed by the authors, specially bound in slipcase, accompanied by an original signed photograph by van Daele, limited to 50 copies. The photograph is a detail from the 1930s Kings Cinema n Sydney.
‘Until recently, scorned or ignored by many historians and commentators, Australia’s Art Deco architecture of the 1920s and 1930s endures as a unique record of its time and a mirror of the hopes and aspirations of Australians in the years between the two world wars. A Spirit of Progress: Art Deco Architecture in Australia provides a valuable insight into this significant period in Australia’s social, economic and artistic development. In his travels across Australia, photographer Patrick Van Daele has captured the wealth that is Australia’s Art Deco architecture. From the corporate splendours of tall office buildings to the engineering marvels of great dams and the domestic style of the home, the photographs mirror the achievement and the human aspect of the inter-war era in this country. They are illuminated by Roy Lumby’s authoritative text, which describes the history and development of this important style in Australia, and the fascinating times in which it appeared.’ – the publisher
Contents:
1. Art Deco Architecture in Australia
2. Office Buildings
3. Commercial Buildings
4. Public Buildings
5. Domestic Architecture
6. Industrial
7. Recreation
8. Cinemas.

Publishing details: Sydney : Craftaman House, 1997. Quarto, boards in dustjacket, pp. 228, extensively illustrated.
Deco architectureview full entry
Reference: see A spirit of progress. Art Deco architecture in Australia by VAN DAELE, Patrick van; LUMBY, Roy.
‘ensively illustrated. The deluxe edition, limited to 50 copies signed by the authors, specially bound in slipcase, accompanied by an original signed photograph by van Daele, limited to 50 copies. The photograph is a detail from the 1930s Kings Cinema n Sydney.
‘Until recently, scorned or ignored by many historians and commentators, Australia’s Art Deco architecture of the 1920s and 1930s endures as a unique record of its time and a mirror of the hopes and aspirations of Australians in the years between the two world wars. A Spirit of Progress: Art Deco Architecture in Australia provides a valuable insight into this significant period in Australia’s social, economic and artistic development. In his travels across Australia, photographer Patrick Van Daele has captured the wealth that is Australia’s Art Deco architecture. From the corporate splendours of tall office buildings to the engineering marvels of great dams and the domestic style of the home, the photographs mirror the achievement and the human aspect of the inter-war era in this country. They are illuminated by Roy Lumby’s authoritative text, which describes the history and development of this important style in Australia, and the fascinating times in which it appeared.’ – the publisher
Contents:
1. Art Deco Architecture in Australia
2. Office Buildings
3. Commercial Buildings
4. Public Buildings
5. Domestic Architecture
6. Industrial
7. Recreation
8. Cinemas.

Publishing details: Sydney : Craftaman House, 1997. Quarto, boards in dustjacket, pp. 228, extensively illustrated.
Belcher Douglas Lview full entry
Reference: The first Australian’s fifth book. Illustrated by Douglas L. Belcher.
One of a series of six reading primers for Indigenous children written by Geraldine MacKenzie, who had been a missionary at Aurukun, Far North Queensland, since 1925.
Publishing details: Melbourne : F. W. Cheshire [printed at The Hawthorn Press], 1951. ‘Published under the auspices of the Presbyterian Church of Australia’. Oblong octavo, illustrated buff-coloured wrappers, staple bound, 38 pp, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Berry Vanessaview full entry
Reference: Mirror Sydney. [’The fascinating essays in this collection are meditations on many of Sydney’s lost or disappearing buildings and sites.
‘In her delicately wrought essays and hand-drawn maps, Vanessa Berry describes her encounters with unusual, forgotten or abandoned places in the city in which she was born and raised, using their details to open up repositories of significance, and to create an alternative city, a Mirror Sydney, illuminated by memory and imagination. She writes at a time when Sydney is being disassembled and rebuilt at an alarming rate. Her determined observation of the over-looked and the odd, the hidden and the enigmatic – precisely those details whose existence is most threatened by development – is an act of preservation in its own right, a testament to what she calls ‘the radical potential of taking notice’.
Berry’s work combines a low-fi DIY approach with an awareness of the tradition of philosophical urban investigation. Her unique style of map illustration was developed through the making of zines and artworks, collaging detailed line drawings with text from typewriters and Letraset.’ (jacket)
‘Conjuring up a shadow city of forgotten fantasies and dreams, Mirror Sydney offers similar pleasures to David Ulin’s walker’s Los Angeles or Iain Sinclair’s dispatches from a rapidly changing London. I found my heart jumping with joy as it brought parts of my lost city back to life.’ Delia Falconer.’]

Publishing details: Artarmon, NSW : Giramondo, 2017. Large octavo (245 x 170 mm), pictorial card covers with French flaps, 304 pp, line illustrations;
Ref: 1000
Newbould Frankview full entry
Reference: Australian school of sketching - Drawing for pleasure and profit. an illustrated flyer for artists supplies provided by the School “This fine artist’s outfit is supplied to every student without extra cost”.
Prospectus for study by correspondence at the Sydney based drawing school.
A single copy on Trove (Monash).

Publishing details: Sydney : the Australian School of Sketching, circa 1930. Quarto, self-wrappers (cover illustration by Frank Newbould), pp. [12],
Ref: 1000
Ngaanyatjarra - art of the landsview full entry
Reference: Ngaanyatjarra : art of the lands. ACKER, Tim (editor) Captures the elegant complexity of desert life, revealing the worlds within worlds that is Ngaanyatjarra culture, and invites us to share in honouring the ancient heritage of the Ngaanyatjarra community, celebrating its myriad contemporary expressions.
Publishing details: Perth : UWA Publishing, 2012. Quarto, illustrated card wrappers, pp. ix, 281, extensively illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Ngaanyatjarra : art of the lands. ACKER, Tim (editor) Captures the elegant complexity of desert life, revealing the worlds within worlds that is Ngaanyatjarra culture, and invites us to share in honouring the ancient heritage of the Ngaanyatjarra community, celebrating its myriad contemporary expressions.
Publishing details: Perth : UWA Publishing, 2012. Quarto, illustrated card wrappers, pp. ix, 281, extensively illustrated.
Harding Nicholas
view full entry
Reference: Nicholas Harding : drawn to paint. [’Catalogue of an exhibition held at National Trust SH Ervin Gallery, 15 January-7 March 2010. Exhibition curator: Steven Alderton.
Nicholas Harding: Drawn to Paint is an exhibition that spans twenty five years of Harding’s artistic practice, from 1984 to 2009. Harding documents a distinctly Australian sense of place, from its sun drenched beaches and industrial settings to its spectacular flora. This survey portrays the artists’ life in Sydney, from the streets around his home and studio in, to beach life in the coastal Yuraygir region of NSW.
The exhibition includes urban works of Erskineville, Central Station, Eddy Avenue, and coastal scenes from his beloved Wooli, featuring caravan parks and landscapes. Along with his evolving landscape series, Harding’s portraits of the people in his life, Sydney interiors and still life, speak of the artist’s lusciously viscous painting style. Nicholas Harding is well known for his paint application, creating shapes and forms with abundantly drawn paint. Equally important are the artist’s ink drawings where he draws, erases and gouges into the paper, taking away and putting back in a constant process. Both techniques create richly tactile surfaces that contribute to the development and vitality of his work.
Drawn to Paint also features for the first time, working drawings and sketches that reveal Harding’s process of creating images – as both a critical gathering of observations that inform his paintings, as well as equally important artworks. Nicholas Harding: Drawn to paint is an S.H. Ervin Gallery exhibition, curated by Steven Alderton.
‘]
Publishing details: Sydney : Acme Art, [2009]. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 140, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Stories. Eleven Aboriginal Artists. Works from the Holmes a Court Collection
Publishing details: Craftsman House. Sydney: 1997, 1997. Hardcover. Quarto. Boards. In dust jacket. (176pp). With numerous illustrations.
Skipper Peter view full entry
Reference: see Stories. Eleven Aboriginal Artists. Works from the Holmes a Court Collection
Publishing details: Craftsman House. Sydney: 1997, 1997. Hardcover. Quarto. Boards. In dust jacket. (176pp). With numerous illustrations.
Downs Jarinyanu David view full entry
Reference: see Stories. Eleven Aboriginal Artists. Works from the Holmes a Court Collection
Publishing details: Craftsman House. Sydney: 1997, 1997. Hardcover. Quarto. Boards. In dust jacket. (176pp). With numerous illustrations.
Nampitjin Eubena view full entry
Reference: see Stories. Eleven Aboriginal Artists. Works from the Holmes a Court Collection
Publishing details: Craftsman House. Sydney: 1997, 1997. Hardcover. Quarto. Boards. In dust jacket. (176pp). With numerous illustrations.
Tjapangarti Wimmitji view full entry
Reference: see Stories. Eleven Aboriginal Artists. Works from the Holmes a Court Collection
Publishing details: Craftsman House. Sydney: 1997, 1997. Hardcover. Quarto. Boards. In dust jacket. (176pp). With numerous illustrations.
Thomas Rover view full entry
Reference: see Stories. Eleven Aboriginal Artists. Works from the Holmes a Court Collection
Publishing details: Craftsman House. Sydney: 1997, 1997. Hardcover. Quarto. Boards. In dust jacket. (176pp). With numerous illustrations.
Kngwarreye Emily Kame view full entry
Reference: see Stories. Eleven Aboriginal Artists. Works from the Holmes a Court Collection
Publishing details: Craftsman House. Sydney: 1997, 1997. Hardcover. Quarto. Boards. In dust jacket. (176pp). With numerous illustrations.
Tjampitjinpa Maxie view full entry
Reference: see Stories. Eleven Aboriginal Artists. Works from the Holmes a Court Collection
Publishing details: Craftsman House. Sydney: 1997, 1997. Hardcover. Quarto. Boards. In dust jacket. (176pp). With numerous illustrations.
Jangala Abie view full entry
Reference: see Stories. Eleven Aboriginal Artists. Works from the Holmes a Court Collection
Publishing details: Craftsman House. Sydney: 1997, 1997. Hardcover. Quarto. Boards. In dust jacket. (176pp). With numerous illustrations.
Riley Ginger view full entry
Reference: see Stories. Eleven Aboriginal Artists. Works from the Holmes a Court Collection
Publishing details: Craftsman House. Sydney: 1997, 1997. Hardcover. Quarto. Boards. In dust jacket. (176pp). With numerous illustrations.
Munduwalawalaview full entry
Reference: see Stories. Eleven Aboriginal Artists. Works from the Holmes a Court Collection
Publishing details: Craftsman House. Sydney: 1997, 1997. Hardcover. Quarto. Boards. In dust jacket. (176pp). With numerous illustrations.
Wunuwun Jack view full entry
Reference: see Stories. Eleven Aboriginal Artists. Works from the Holmes a Court Collection
Publishing details: Craftsman House. Sydney: 1997, 1997. Hardcover. Quarto. Boards. In dust jacket. (176pp). With numerous illustrations.
Wululu Jimmy .view full entry
Reference: see Stories. Eleven Aboriginal Artists. Works from the Holmes a Court Collection
Publishing details: Craftsman House. Sydney: 1997, 1997. Hardcover. Quarto. Boards. In dust jacket. (176pp). With numerous illustrations.
Copyrightsview full entry
Reference: Copyrites : Aboriginal art in the age of reproductive technologies, by Vivien Johnson.
‘A fascinating exploration of the history of the commercial exploitation of Aboriginal art without legal permission.’
Publishing details: [Sydney] : National Indigenous Arts Advocacy Association and Macquarie University, 1996. Oblong quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 60, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: Copyrites : Aboriginal art in the age of reproductive technologies, by Vivien Johnson.
‘A fascinating exploration of the history of the commercial exploitation of Aboriginal art without legal permission.’
Publishing details: [Sydney] : National Indigenous Arts Advocacy Association and Macquarie University, 1996. Oblong quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 60, illustrated.
Artcurial catalogue of Aboriginal art, Parisview full entry
Reference: ARTCURIAL (BRIEST, POULAIN, F. TAJAN) - Art aborigène australien : Collection Peter Los. Well-illustrated Parisian auction house catalogue for the sale of an important private collection of Central and Western Desert art from Papunya, Utopia and Balgo, etc.
Publishing details: Paris : Artcurial (Briest, Poulain, F. Tajan), 2008. Quarto (280 x 220 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers, pp 87 plus advertisements, 60 lots all illustrated in colour; a very good copy. Scarce,
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: ARTCURIAL (BRIEST, POULAIN, F. TAJAN) - Art aborigène australien : Collection Peter Los. Well-illustrated Parisian auction house catalogue for the sale of an important private collection of Central and Western Desert art from Papunya, Utopia and Balgo, etc.
Publishing details: Paris : Artcurial (Briest, Poulain, F. Tajan), 2008. Quarto (280 x 220 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers, pp 87 plus advertisements, 60 lots all illustrated in colour; a very good copy. Scarce,
Aboriginal art catalogue, Parisview full entry
Reference: CROSSMAN, Sylvie; BAROU, Jean-Pierre
Peintres aborigènes d’Australie
Superb catalogue for an exhibition of Central and Western Desert art staged in Montpelier by L’Établissement Public du Parc et de la Grande Halle
Publishing details: Montpellier, France : Indigène éditions, 1997. Quarto (280 x 220 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers with French flaps, pp 125, colour illustrations, maps;
Ref: 1000
Yiribanaview full entry
Reference: Yiribana : Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Gallery
illustrated. Brochure developed for the opening of the Yiribana Gallery of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander art at the Art Gallery of New South Wales.
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1994. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 18,
Ref: 1000
Alberts Tonyview full entry
Reference: Visible. [This publication, which accompanies the QAGOMA exhibition of the same name, chronicles the development of the career of Tony Albert, one of the country’s brightest rising art stars. His work has come to prominence through its ability to speak to important issues of race and representation in Australia with a mix of humour and poignancy. Through contributions from QAGOMA curator Bruce Johnson McLean, Hetti Perkins, Franklin Sirmans and Sally Brand, Tony Albert Visible explores the thought-provoking work on one of Australia’s most exciting contemporary artists.]

Publishing details: Brisbane : QAGOMA, 2019. Quarto, illustrated boards, pp. 104, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Indigenous art : Art Gallery of Western Australiaview full entry
Reference: Indigenous art : Art Gallery of Western Australia Edited by Brenda L. Croft; essays by Michael A. O’Ferrall and Brenda L. Croft. ’This book offers a window into the indigenous art collection in the Art Gallery of WA.’
Publishing details: Perth, W.A. : Art Gallery of Western Australia, 2001. Quarto, illustrated gatefold wrappers (spine slightly sunned), pp. 112, illustrated
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Indigenous art : Art Gallery of Western Australia Edited by Brenda L. Croft; essays by Michael A. O’Ferrall and Brenda L. Croft. ’This book offers a window into the indigenous art collection in the Art Gallery of WA.’
Publishing details: Perth, W.A. : Art Gallery of Western Australia, 2001. Quarto, illustrated gatefold wrappers (spine slightly sunned), pp. 112, illustrated
colonial furnitureview full entry
Reference: see The influence of Scottish and Irish cabinet makers over the production of Australian colonial furniture in Sydney and Hobart before 1835. Presentation by John Hawkins to the Furniture History Society (Australasia) Inc. March 12, 2008 and the creation and furnishing of Government House, Hobart. Illustrated publication of a lecture on colonial furniture by John Hawkins
Publishing details: Adapted by Gary Morgan. Melbourne : The Roy Morgan Research Centre Pty Ltd, November 2009. Octavo, lettered wrappers, pp. 208, illustrated.
cabinetmakersview full entry
Reference: see The influence of Scottish and Irish cabinet makers over the production of Australian colonial furniture in Sydney and Hobart before 1835. Presentation by John Hawkins to the Furniture History Society (Australasia) Inc. March 12, 2008 and the creation and furnishing of Government House, Hobart. Illustrated publication of a lecture on colonial furniture by John Hawkins
Publishing details: Adapted by Gary Morgan. Melbourne : The Roy Morgan Research Centre Pty Ltd, November 2009. Octavo, lettered wrappers, pp. 208, illustrated.
Adamson J (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Ashley P A (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Ashton Julian Rossi (5 pages of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Ashton George Rossi (11 pages of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Austen C or G (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Becker Ludwig (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Bennett Charles S (2 pages of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Borchgnevink C E (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Bron G (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Broad S (3 pages of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Brown V (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Burn K (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Butler James Edward (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Buvelot Louis (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Carse James Howe (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Calvert Samuel (3 pages of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Campbell Oswald Rose (5 pages of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Carrington Tom (3 pages of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Chevalier Nicholas (7 pages of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Clarke Cuthbert Charles - Ismir (1 page of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Ismir - Clarke Cuthbert Charles (1 page of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Cooke Ebenezer Wake (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Cooke Albert Charles (25 pages of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Cousins Thomas Selby (4 pages of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Curtis James Waltham (9 pages of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Daplyn Alfred (1 page of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Davis J (1 page of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Durkin Tim - may be Tom Durkin (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Egessdorfer Heiner (4 pages of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Emerson (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Esam A (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Field (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Field Lieutenant (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Frith Frederick (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Fullwood A H (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Garratt (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Gibbs J J (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Gilks Edward (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Gill E (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Gill Samuel Thomas (1 page of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Gray B B (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Gray Mrs (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Gregory George Fredereick(listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Gritten Henry (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
von Guerard Eugene (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Guilefoyle W R (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Gully John (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hammill (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Haydon George Haydon(listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Henderson John Black (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Howitt Alfred William (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Irwin S H (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Jackson Samuel (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Jacobi (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Jarrett William H (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Johnstone Henry James (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Kelly T A (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Lake J (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Langhorne George (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Lee E (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Lincolne Abraham (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Longstaff John (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
McCrae George Gordon (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
McCubbin Frederick (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Macfarlane John (23 pages of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Massina A L (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Mather J (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Mossman S (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
von Mueller Ferdinand (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Mueller Ferdinand von see von Mueller Ferdinandview full entry
Reference:
Muhaffy R V also Mahaffey (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Mahaffey or Muhaffy R V (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Nixon F H (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Panton Joseph Anderson (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Pearson (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Prout John Skinner (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Roberts T (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Robertson (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Robertson E (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Robertson H M (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Russell Robert (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Scott Eugene Montague (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Shepherd Richard (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Sherwin (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Smith George Frederick (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Stanley (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Stones M (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Strafford George (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Strautt William (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Thomas E (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Tibbits William Taylor Smith (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Turner Charles (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Turner J A (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Woodhouse Frederick William (2 pages of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Woodhouse H J (1 page of works, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Woods George Austin (listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Alexander John Cameron (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Atkinson J F (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Barlow F P (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Batchelder Benjamin Pierce (photographer, 1 page of works listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Batchelder & O’Neill (photographer, 1 page of works listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Batchelder & Co(photographer, works listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Bishop R (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Boldner (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Boyd (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Boyle & Scott (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Bray James E (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Brintlebank (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Burman William Insull (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Burnell & Cole (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Burnell George see also Burnell & Cole (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Cole Edward William see also Burnell & Cole (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Caire Nicholas (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Calder & Nettleton(photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Camm R (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Chirnside Percy (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Chuck Thomas Foster(photographer, 1 page of works listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Clarke F (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Cornell Frederick (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Daintree Richard(photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Davies & Co (photographer, 1 page of works listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Dufty & Little (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Dunn Frederick Alexander (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Ellis & Co (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Falk (photographer, (1 page of works listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Fauchery & Daintree (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Foster & Martin (photographer, (1 page of works listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Fox Alexander (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Fox & Co (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Fraser - Ballarat (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Freyberger & Tensfield(photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Frith Frederick (photographer, (2 pages of works listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Haigh Edward (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hall Algernon (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hart L (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Haselden Hubert (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Herbert C B (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hewitt Charles (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hill Thomas Adams(photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hodges H G (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Imperial Photograhic Company (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Johnson Barnett(photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Johnson (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Johnstone O’Shannessy & Co (photographer, 4 pages of works listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Kemp & Perry (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Kruger Johan Frierich Carl(photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Lange T & Son(photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Lindt John William(photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Lovewell & Co (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Luke E T (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
McDonald Archibald (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Marchland Annie (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Mann J R (photographer, 2 pages of works listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Mason Brothers(photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Morris A & Company(photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Nettleton Charles(photographer, 1 page of works listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Nixon F W & Co(photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Noone (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Norman J S (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
O’Donnell (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Panton Joseph Anderson (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Perry George William(photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Phillips James (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Ralph A J (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Richards & Co (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Rider Andrew (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Roberts Bros (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Roberts William Francis (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Rudd C (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Sands of Williamstown (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Sibley Edwin (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Solomon Saul (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Solomon & Bardwell (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Talma (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Turner Joseph (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Turner Paul & Gerald (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Tuttle & Co (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Vandyck Studio (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Vanheem (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Vita Studio (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Vize William Henry (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Walter Carl (photographer, 3 pages of works listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Washburn Thomas (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Webber Charles(photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Wheeler John (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
White (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Willett George (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Wilmot & Key (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Woods (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Yeoman & Co (photographer, listed under Victoria)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
McSherry Williamview full entry
Reference: see Davidsons, AUSTRALIAN & INTERNATIONAL ART, Sunday November 29th: William McSherry,
'La Carabine' Winning the Sydney Cup,
Randwick - 16th April, 1900
Signed & dated 'W McSherry, 1900'
Oil on Canvas, 50x90cm
also offered at Davidsons 29 November, 2020, lot 15: McSHERRY, William
'La Carabine' Winning the Sydney Cup, Randwick - 16th April, 1900.
Signed & dated 'W McSherry 1900' lower right. Historically accurate work showing Randwick racecourse & environs; the horses' natural colourings, jockeys' silks & finishing positions as per the records. La Carabine, 5yo chestnut mare with white hind socks/ fetlocks by Carbine from Orotava; owner Mr W R Wilson, trained by Mr H Munro, jockey W Burn (white silk's with cardinal red seams & cap).
Oil on Canvas
50x90cm
Alston Aby 1 1889 work illustrated in newspaper under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Ashton George Rossi 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Ashton Julian Rossi 2 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Ashton Julian Rossi 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Buvelot Louis 5 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Benbow Miss 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Campbell Oswald Rose 2 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Carrington Tom 2 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Carse James Howe 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Chevalier Nicholas 13 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Clark Miss 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Colquhoun Alexander 2 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Curtis J W 3 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Davies David 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Earles Chester 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Edison L Miss 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Folingsby George Frederick 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Ford William 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Fox E Phillips 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Gibbs J Julian 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Gilfillan John Alexander 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Grant S 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Gritten Henry 4 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
von Guerard Eugene 7 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hall Harry 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hansen Theo 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
van den Houten Henry 2 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Loureiro Arthur 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artists. also listed under Isouriero [sic]view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Jarrett William H 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Johnstone Henry James 4 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Jones J L 2 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Livingstone Miss 2 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Jones John Llewelyn 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Longstaff John 2 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
McCrae Georgiana 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
McCubbin Frederick 3 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Mather John 3 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Muntz J M 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Panton Joseph 2 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Patterson J F 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Robertson Thomas 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Streeton Arthur 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Sutherland G Miss 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Tannert L 2 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Walton G 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Whitehead Isaac 2 works illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Woodhouse Frederick William 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under Victoria - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Appleton A L titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Baker H titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Bruce R 10 pages of titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Bruce R & Lee E titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Lee E & W B titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Cadd titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Calvert Samuel 33 pages of titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Charlton G E titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Cole titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Grosse Frederick 10 pages of titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Harrison W H 2 pages of titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hart W 1 page of titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Jenny Rudolf 7 titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Kneebles J 1 title of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Lee E 2 pages of titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Lee E & Richardson 2 pages of titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Richardson & E Lee 2 pages of titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Pett W 4 titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engravers)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Quas 1 title of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Robertson 3 titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Schwartz W 1 title of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Sleap F A 14 pages of titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Somerville & Clarke 1 titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Thomas W 1 title of engraving listed under Victoria - Engravers)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Williamson J 11 titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Winston Charles Edward 3 pages of titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Winston Charles Edward & E Lee 1 title of engraving listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Winter C 1 page of titles of engravings listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Witt M 1 title of engraving listed under Victoria - Engraversview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Durat J 1 title of lithograph listed under Victoria - Lithographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Ferguson & Mitchell 2 titles of lithographs listed under Victoria - Lithographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hamel & Co 1 title of lithograph listed under Victoria - Lithographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Massina A H & Co 1 title of lithograph listed under Victoria - Lithographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Sands & McDougall 4 titles of lithographs listed under Victoria - Lithographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Troedel & Co 15 titles of lithographs listed under Victoria - Lithographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Anchor (signed with symbol of) 7 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Andrews Charles William 1 page of titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustrators)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Campbell Oswald Rose 1 page of titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Angas George French 7 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Armstrong R R 7 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Barries R 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Blake E 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Blyth M W 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Boodle W 2 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Boydell Mrs E 2 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Brees Harold B 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Broad Mrs 2 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Brunn 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Burgess J O 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Campbell John 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Cawker Louis G 1 page of titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Chimmo R N 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Claxton Adelaide 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Collingridge Arthur 8 pages of titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Collingridge G 5 pages of titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Cowland R N 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustrators)view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Craig Hugh 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Fay Gaston 5 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Fischer A 5 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Fischer Otto 12 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Fletcher-Watson P 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Flynn J H 3 pages of titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Forbes J D 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Glanville 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Garling Frederick Augustus 1 page of titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Habbe Alexander Christian 2 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hall V 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hunt C H 3 pages of titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hunter 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Jackson A L 1 page of titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Johnston L 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Knaggs Samuel 3 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Lacy George 1 page of titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
MacB J 4 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
McCleod M 9 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Mahony Frank 2 pages of titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Minns B E 1 page of titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Montefiore E L 1 page of titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Prout John Skinner 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Roberts John Rider 2 pages of titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Robertson 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Rose W 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Roth H Constance 5 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Schyver A M 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Scott Eugene Montague 3 pages of titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Shepperd W C 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Stuart C 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Taylor Alfred F 2 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Terry Frederick Casemero 2 pages of titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Wagner Conrad 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
White James Charles 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Williamson J 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Willis James A C 2 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Wood T W 2 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Bonney Frederick 5 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Boyd T H 2 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Bradley William 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Bridge George 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Chandler & Lomer 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Lomer - Chandler & Lomer 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Collins 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Croft Brothers 3 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Dalton Edward 3 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Eybe Carl 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Iby or Eybe Carl 1title of works listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Eyby or Eybe Carl 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Excelsior Photographic Co 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Freeman Bros 7 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Freeman & Co 8 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Greenfield 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Gregory (Goulburn) 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hart Elijah 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hodgson William 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hetzer 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Holtermann1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Kerry & Jones 6 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Leame 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
McClelland Robert 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Milligan Brothers 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Morris Charles 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Moss Moses 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Newman Herbert possibly John Herbert 7 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Nicholas W A 2 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
O’Malley, Patterson & Co Broken Hill 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Pickering Charles 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Potter Charles 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Prout Victor Albert 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Richards American Studio 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
American Studio 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographers p318view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Roberts Richards & Co 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Rusfeldt 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Scott Eugene Montague 5 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Slade W at Maitland 4 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Smith A 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Solomon H B 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Symmons A 1 title of work listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Terry - Lord Carrington’s aide-de-compe 5 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Tuttle (also based in Melbourne) 5 titles of works listed under New South Wales - Photographersview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Atkinson R 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Ashton G R 2 works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Ashton J R 4 works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Bennett J A 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Bradley William 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Chambers Blagden 4 works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Collard Mrs 2 works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Collingridge Arthur 4 works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Collingridge George 2 works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Combes E 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Conder C 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Daplyn A J 2 works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Devine Miss (Catherine?) 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Fischer A 2 works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Fullwood A H 3 works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hero C E (or Hern C E ?) 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hern C E or Hero C E 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artists p326view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Lacy George 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Mahony Frank 2 works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Martens Conrad 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artists view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Montefiore E L 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artists view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Montague F L 3 works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Nerli Girolamo 2 works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Piguenit William Charles 8 works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Reed W E 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artists view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Richardson J T 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artists view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Rivers R Godfrey 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artists view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Roth C 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artists view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Schell Frederick B 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artists view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Scott Eugene Montague 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artists -Picnic Clark Islandview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Smedley John 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artists view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Stoddard Mary Mrs 3 works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Terry Frederick Casemero 2 works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Stone 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artists view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Turner Charles 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artists view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Wagner Conrad 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Artists view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Barrel 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Engravers view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Burmeister W 4 works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Engravers view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Carter & ? 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Engravers view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Collis 2 pages of works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Engravers view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Cubitt F 1 page of works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Engravers view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Frearson 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Engravers view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Georgius 5 pages of works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Engravers view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hannal H 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Engravers view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Hoyte J C ? 2 works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Engravers p339 under JCHview full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Jackson A L 3 pages of works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Engravers view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Johnston J 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Engravers view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Mason Edward 3 pages of works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Engravers view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Mason Frederick W son of Walter George Mason 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Engravers view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Mason V 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Engravers view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Mason Walter George 3 pages of works illustrated in newspapers listed under New South Wales - Engravers view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
M & B 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Engravers view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Nursey 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Engravers view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.
Streeton 1 work illustrated in newspaper listed under New South Wales - Engravers view full entry
Reference: see Index to Imagery in Colonial Australian Illustrated Newspapers. By Peter A. Dowling. Two volumes, v. 1. Subjects, v. 2. Creators. Two-volume publication indexes the approximative 12,000 images in nearly all colonial Australian illustrated newspapers, including those in the four major papers: Illustrated Australian News (1861-96), Illustrated Melbourne Post (1862-68), Illustrated Sydney News (1864-94) and Australasian Sketcher (1873-89). Volume two lists (under Australian states, plus NZ plus Pacific Islands) the names of artists, illustrators, cartoonists, engravers and other creators and each of these names has been listed in the Scheding Index. Refer to both volumes for detailed listings of the creators’ images.
Publishing details: The Author, 2012.foolscap folio, frontispieces, binder’s cloth. Hamilton, 1490 pages.


First | Previous | Record 101501 – 102500 of 158205 | Next | Last